ProdEconR PDF
ProdEconR PDF
ProdEconR PDF
Arne Henningsen
February 2, 2018
Foreword
This is a collection of my lecture notes for various courses in the field of econometric production
analysis. These lecture notes are still incomplete and may contain many typos, errors, and
inconsistencies. Please report any problems to [email protected]. I am grateful to
my colleague Tomasz G. Czekaj who added and revised some parts of these lecture notes and
to my former students who helped me to improve my teaching and these notes through their
questions, suggestions, and comments. Finally, I thank the R community for providing so many
excellent tools for econometric production analysis.
February 2, 2018
Arne Henningsen
2
History
First Draft Version (March 9, 2015)
3
Contents
1 Introduction 13
1.1 Objectives of the course and the lecture notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2 An extremely short introduction to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2.1 Some commands for simple calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2.2 Creating objects and assigning values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.3 Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.4 Simple functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.5 Comparing values and Boolean values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.6 Data sets (“data frames”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2.7 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.2.8 Simple graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.2.9 Other useful commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.2.10 Extension packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.2.11 Reading data into R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.2.12 Linear regression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.3 R packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.4 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.4.1 French apple producers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.4.1.1 Description of the data set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.4.1.2 Abbreviating name of data set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.4.1.3 Calculation of input quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.4.1.4 Calculation of total costs and variable costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.4.1.5 Calculation of profit and gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.4.2 Rice producers on the Philippines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.4.2.1 Description of the data set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.4.2.2 Mean-scaling quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.4.2.3 Logarithmic mean-scaled quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.4.2.4 Mean-adjusting the time trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.4.2.5 Total costs and cost shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.4.2.6 Specifying panel structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.5 Mathematical and statistical methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.5.1 Aggregating quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.5.2 Concave and convex functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4
Contents
5
Contents
2.4.2 Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.4.3 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.4.4 Predicted output quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.4.5 Output elasticities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.4.6 Marginal products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.4.7 Elasticity of scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.4.8 Marginal rates of technical substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2.4.9 Relative marginal rates of technical substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.4.10 First and second partial derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.4.11 Elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.4.11.1 Direct elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
2.4.11.2 Allen elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
2.4.11.3 Morishima elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2.4.12 Quasiconcavity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.4.13 First-order conditions for profit maximization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2.4.14 First-order conditions for cost minimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.4.15 Derived input demand functions and output supply functions . . . . . . . . 90
2.4.16 Derived input demand elasticities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.5 Quadratic production function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.5.1 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.5.2 Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.5.3 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.5.4 Predicted output quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.5.5 Marginal products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.5.6 Output elasticities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.5.7 Elasticity of scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.5.8 Marginal rates of technical substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.5.9 Relative marginal rates of technical substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.5.10 Quasiconcavity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.5.11 Elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.5.11.1 Direct elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.5.11.2 Allen elasticities of substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
2.5.11.3 Comparison of direct and Allen elasticities of substitution . . . . . 112
2.5.12 First-order conditions for profit maximization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.5.13 First-order conditions for cost minimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.6 Translog production function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.6.1 Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.6.2 Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.6.3 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6
Contents
7
Contents
8
Contents
9
Contents
10
Contents
11
Contents
12
1 Introduction
use econometric production analysis and efficiency analysis to analyze various real-world
questions,
interpret the results of econometric production analyses and efficiency analyses,
choose a relevant approach for econometric production and efficiency analysis, and
critically evaluate the appropriateness of a specific econometric production analysis or effi-
ciency analysis for analyzing a specific real-world question.
These lecture notes focus on practical applications of econometrics and microeconomic pro-
duction theory. Hence, they complement textbooks in microeconomic production theory (rather
than substituting them).
13
1 Introduction
> 2 + 3
[1] 5
> 2 - 3
[1] -1
> 2 * 3
[1] 6
> 2 / 3
[1] 0.6666667
> 2^3
[1] 8
R uses the standard order of evaluation (as in mathematics). One can use parenthesis (round
brackets) to change the order of evaluation.
> 2 + 3 * 4^2
[1] 50
> 2 + ( 3 * ( 4^2 ) )
[1] 50
> ( ( 2 + 3 ) * 4 )^2
[1] 400
In R, the hash symbol (#) can be used to add comments to the code, because the hash symbol
and all following characters in the same line are ignored by R.
[1] 1.414214
14
1 Introduction
[1] 1.414214
[1] 1.414214
[1] 1.098612
[1] 20.08554
The commands can span multiple lines. They are executed as soon as the command can be
considered as complete.
> 2 +
+ 3
[1] 5
> ( 2
+ +
+ 3 )
[1] 5
[1] 2
> b <- 3
> b
[1] 3
> a * b
[1] 6
Initially, the arrow symbol (<-, consistent of a “smaller than” sign and a dash) was used to assign
values to objects. However, in recent versions of R, also the equality sign (=) can be used for this.
15
1 Introduction
> a = 4
> a
[1] 4
> b = 5
> b
[1] 5
> a * b
[1] 20
In these lecture notes, I stick to the traditional assignment operator, i.e. the arrow symbol (<-).
Please note that R is case-sensitive, i.e. R distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case
letters. Therefore, the following commands return error messages:
1.2.3 Vectors
> v <- 1:4 # create a vector with 4 elements: 1, 2, 3, and 4
> v
[1] 1 2 3 4
[1] 3 4 5 6
[1] 2 4 6 8
16
1 Introduction
[1] 2 4 8 16
[1] 3 6 11 20
[1] 2 8 24 64
[,1]
[1,] 98
[1] 4
[1] 2 8
[1] 4 8 16
[1] 2 8 16
> length( w )
[1] 4
[1] 30
> mean( w )
[1] 7.5
> median( w )
17
1 Introduction
[1] 6
> min( w )
[1] 2
> max( w )
[1] 16
> which.min( w )
[1] 1
> which.max( w )
[1] 4
[1] FALSE
> a != 2
[1] TRUE
> a > 4
[1] FALSE
> a >= 4
[1] TRUE
> w > 3
> w == 2^(1:4)
[1] TRUE
18
1 Introduction
> data( "women" ) # load the data set into the workspace
> women
height weight
1 58 115
2 59 117
3 60 120
4 61 123
5 62 126
6 63 129
7 64 132
8 65 135
9 66 139
10 67 142
11 68 146
12 69 150
13 70 154
14 71 159
15 72 164
> dim( women ) # dimension of the data set (rows and columns)
[1] 15 2
[1] 15
[1] 2
[1] 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
19
1 Introduction
[1] 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
[1] 60
[1] 60
[1] 60
[1] 58 59 60
height weight
1 58 115
2 59 117
3 60 120
20
1 Introduction
1.2.7 Functions
In order to execute a function in R, the function name has to be followed by a pair of parenthesis
(round brackets). The documentation of a function (if available) can be obtained by, e.g., typing
at the R prompt a question mark followed by the name of the function.
> ?log
One can read in the documentation of the function log, e.g., that this function has a second
optional argument base, which can be used to specify the base of the logarithm. By default, the
base is equal to the Euler number (e, exp(1)). A different base can be chosen by adding a second
argument, either with or without specifying the name of the argument.
> log( 100, base = 10 )
[1] 2
[1] 2
4
6
3
Frequency
Frequency
4
2
2
1
0
22.0 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0 24.5 22.0 22.5 23.0 23.5 24.0
women$bmi women$bmi
21
1 Introduction
160
●
150
women$weight
●
●
●
140
●
●
130 ●
●
●
●
120
●
●
●
58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
women$height
[1] "numeric"
[1] "data.frame"
[1] "numeric"
22
1 Introduction
Please note that you should cite scientific software packages in your publications if you used them
for obtaining your results (as any other scientific works). You can use the command citation
to find out how an R package should be cited, e.g.:
@Manual{,
title = {frontier: Stochastic Frontier Analysis},
author = {Tim Coelli and Arne Henningsen},
year = {2017},
note = {R package version 1.1-2},
url = {https://CRAN.R-Project.org/package=frontier},
}
23
1 Introduction
Call:
lm(formula = weight ~ height, data = women)
Coefficients:
(Intercept) height
-87.52 3.45
The summary method can be used to display summary statistics of the regression:
Call:
lm(formula = weight ~ height, data = women)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.7333 -1.1333 -0.3833 0.7417 3.1167
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -87.51667 5.93694 -14.74 1.71e-09 ***
height 3.45000 0.09114 37.85 1.09e-14 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The command abline can be used to add a linear (regression) line to a (scatter) plot:
The resulting plot is shown in figure 1.3. This figure indicates that the relationship between
the height and the corresponding average weights of the women is slightly nonlinear. Therefore,
we add the squared height as additional explanatory regressor. When specifying more than one
explanatory variable, the names of the explanatory variables must be separated by plus signs (+):
24
1 Introduction
160
●
150
women$weight
●
●
●
140
●
●
130 ●
●
●
●
120
●
●
●
58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
women$height
Figure 1.3: Scatter plot of heights and weights with estimated regression line
Call:
lm(formula = weight ~ height + heightSquared, data = women)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.50941 -0.29611 -0.00941 0.28615 0.59706
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 261.87818 25.19677 10.393 2.36e-07 ***
height -7.34832 0.77769 -9.449 6.58e-07 ***
heightSquared 0.08306 0.00598 13.891 9.32e-09 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
One can use the function I() to calculate explanatory variables directly in the formula:
25
1 Introduction
Call:
lm(formula = weight ~ height + I(height^2), data = women)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.50941 -0.29611 -0.00941 0.28615 0.59706
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 261.87818 25.19677 10.393 2.36e-07 ***
height -7.34832 0.77769 -9.449 6.58e-07 ***
I(height^2) 0.08306 0.00598 13.891 9.32e-09 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The coef method for lm objects can be used to extract the vector of the estimated coefficients:
When the coef method is applied to the object returned by the summary method for lm
objects, the matrix of the estimated coefficients, their standard errors, their t-values, and their
P -values is returned:
The variance covariance matrix of the estimated coefficients can be obtained by the vcov
method:
26
1 Introduction
The residuals method for lm objects can be used to obtain the residuals:
1 2 3 4 5 6
-0.102941176 -0.473109244 -0.009405301 0.288170653 0.419618617 0.384938591
7 8 9 10 11 12
0.184130575 -0.182805430 0.284130575 -0.415061409 -0.280381383 -0.311829347
13 14 15
-0.509405301 0.126890756 0.597058824
The fitted method for lm objects can be used to obtain the fitted values:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
115.1029 117.4731 120.0094 122.7118 125.5804 128.6151 131.8159 135.1828
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
138.7159 142.4151 146.2804 150.3118 154.5094 158.8731 163.4029
We can evaluate the “fit” of the model by plotting the fitted values against the observed values
of the dependent variable and adding a 45-degree line:
1.3 R packages
The following R packages are particularly relevant for empirical production, efficiency, and pro-
ductivity analysis using R (in alphabetical order):
27
1 Introduction
160
●
150 ●
fitted(olsWeight2)
●
●
●
140
●
●
●
130
●
●
●
120
●
●
●
women$weight
15 ● 15 ●
2
Standardized residuals
●
●
● ● ●
●
Residuals
0.2
● ● ●
●
●
● ●
●
0
●
−0.2
●
●
● ● ●
● ● ●
−1
●2 ●
13 ●
−0.6
● 13 ●2
15 ●
15 ●
Standardized residuals
2
Standardized residuals
●2 13 ●
● ●
1.0
● ●●
1
● ●
● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●
●
0
● ●
0.5
●
●
●
●
−1
●
●
● 13 ●2
Cook's distance
0.0
120 130 140 150 160 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
28
1 Introduction
Benchmarking
FEAR
frontiles
frontier
cross-sectional and panel data stochastic frontier models as suggested by Battese and Coelli
(1992)
stochastic frontier models incorporating a model for inefficiency effects as suggested by
Battese and Coelli (1995)
based on FRONTIER 4.1 (Coelli, 1996)
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=frontier
nonparaeff
DEA
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=nonparaeff
np
plm
29
1 Introduction
rDEA
robust DEA
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=rDEA
semsfa
semiparametric SFA
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=semsfa
sfa
SFA
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=sfa
spfrontier
spatial SFA
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=spfrontier
ssfa
spatial SFA
available at http://cran.r-project.org/package=ssfa
TFDEA
In this course, we will predominantly use a cross-sectional production data set of 140 French
apple producers from the year 1986. These data are extracted from a panel data set that has
been used in an article published by Ivaldi et al. (1996) in the Journal of Applied Econometrics.
30
1 Introduction
The full panel data set is available in the journal’s data archive: http://www.econ.queensu.
ca/jae/1996-v11.6/ivaldi-ladoux-ossard-simioni/.1
The cross-sectional data set that we will predominantly use in the course is available in the R
package micEcon. It has the name appleProdFr86 and can be loaded by the command:
The names of the variables in the data set can be obtained by the command names:
Please note that variables indicated by ∗ are not in the original data set but are artificially
generated in order to be able to conduct some further analyses with this data set. Variable names
starting with v indicate volumes (values), variable names starting with q indicate quantities, and
variable names starting with p indicate prices.
In order to avoid too much typing, give the data set a much shorter name (dat) by creating a
copy of the data set and removing the original data set:
1
In order to focus on the microeconomic analysis rather than on econometric issues in panel data analysis, we
only use a single year from this panel data set.
2
This information is also available in the documentation of this data set, which can be obtained by the command:
help( "appleProdFr86", package = "micEcon" ).
31
1 Introduction
Our data set does not contain input quantities but prices and costs (volumes) of the inputs.
As we will need to know input quantities for many of our analyses, we calculate input quantity
indices based on following identity:
v i = x i · wi , (1.1)
where wi is the price, xi is the quantity and vi is the volume of the ith input. In R, we can
calculate the input quantities with the following commands:
where N denotes the number of inputs. We can calculate the apple producers’ total costs by
following command:
Alternatively, we can calculate the costs by summing up the products of the quantities and the
corresponding prices over all inputs:
> all.equal( dat$cost, with( dat, pCap * qCap + pLab * qLab + pMat * qMat ) )
[1] TRUE
where N 1 is a vector of the indices of the variable inputs. If capital is a quasi-fixed input and
labor and materials are variable inputs, the apple producers’ variable costs can be calculated by
following command:
where all variables are defined as above. We can calculate the apple producers’ profits by:
32
1 Introduction
Alternatively, we can calculate the profit by subtracting the products of the quantities and the
corresponding prices of all inputs from the revenues:
> all.equal( dat$cost, with( dat, pCap * qCap + pLab * qLab + pMat * qMat ) )
[1] TRUE
where all variables are defined as above. If capital is a quasi-fixed input and labor and materials
are variable inputs, the apple producers’ gross margins can be calculated by following command:
In the last part of this course, we will use a balanced panel data set of annual data collected
from 43 smallholder rice producers in the Tarlac region of the Philippines between 1990 and 1997.
This data set has the name riceProdPhil and is available in the R package frontier. Detailed
information about these data is available in the documentation of this data set. We can load this
data set with following command:
The names of the variables in the data set can be obtained by the command names:
In our analysis of the production technology of the rice producers we will use variable PROD as
output quantity and variables AREA, LABOR, and NPK as input quantities.
33
1 Introduction
As expected, the sample means of the mean-scaled variables are all one so that their logarithms
are all zero (except for negligible very small rounding errors):
As we use logarithmic input and output quantities in the Cobb-Douglas and Translog specifica-
tions, we can reduce our typing work by creating variables with logarithmic (mean-scaled) input
and output quantities:
Please note that the (arithmetic) mean values of the logarithmic mean-scaled variables are not
equal to zero:
34
1 Introduction
In some model specifications, it is an advantage to have a time trend variable that is zero at the
sample mean. If we subtract the sample mean from our time trend variable, the sample mean of
the adjusted time trend is zero:
[1] 0
The following code calculates total costs and the cost shares (ignoring “other inputs”):
[1] TRUE
This data set does not include any information about its panel structure. Hence, R would ignore
the panel structure and treat this data set as cross-sectional data collected from 352 different
producers. The command plm.data of the plm package (Croissant and Millo, 2008) can be used
to create data sets that include the information on its panel structure. The following commands
creates a new data set of the rice producers from the Philippines that includes information on the
panel structure, i.e. variable FMERCODE indicates the individual (farmer), and variable YEARDUM
indicated the time period (year):3
3
Please note that the specification of variable YEARDUM as the time dimension in the panel data set pdat converts
this variable to a categorical variable. If a numeric time variable is needed, it can be created, e.g., by the
command pdat$year <- as.numeric( pdat$YEARDUM ).
35
1 Introduction
where subscript i indicates the good, subscript j indicates the observation, xi0 is the “base”
quantity, and pi0 is the “base” price of the ith good, e.g. the sample means.
The Paasche and Laspeyres quantity indices of all three inputs in the data set of French apple
producers can be calculated by:
In many cases, the choice of the formula for calculating quantity indices does not have a major
influence on the result. We demonstrate this with two scatter plots, where we set argument log
of the second plot command to the character string "xy" so that both axes are measured in
logarithmic terms and the dots (firms) are more equally spread:
We can can also use function quantityIndex from the micEconIndex package to calculate the
quantity index:
[1] TRUE
36
1 Introduction
5.0
5
● ●
●
●●
4
● ●
●●
2.0
●●
● ●
●●
●
●●
● ●●●●
3
● ● ● ●
●●●
XL
XL
●●
●● ● ●●
●
1.0
● ●● ●●
●●
●
●●●●
●●●
● ●●
●●●●
●
●●
2 ●
●
●●●
●●
●●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●●
● ●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●● ●● ● ●
●
●●
● ●● ●● ●
●
● ●●
●
●
0.5
●●
●●
● ●●
●
●
●●
●●
●
● ●
●●●●
●
●●
1
●
●
●
●●
● ●
●
●● ●●
●
●●
●
●
●
● ●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●● ●●
●
●●
●
●●
● ●
●●
●
●●
● ●●
●
● ●
XP XP
[1] TRUE
[1] TRUE
37
1 Introduction
A symmetric quadratic N × N matrix H is negative semidefinite if and only if all its ith-order
principal minors (not only its leading principal minors) are non-positive for i being odd and non-
negative for i being even for all i ∈ {1, . . . , N }, while it is positive semidefinite if all its principal
minors (not only its leading principal minors) are non-negative (Gantmacher, 1959, p. 307–308).
An ith-order principal minor of a symmetric N × N matrix H is the determinant of an k × k
submatrix of H, whereas N − k rows and the corresponding N − k columns have been deleted.
N PN N
An N × N matrix has k ith-order principal minors and in total k=1 k principal minors.
A quadratic N × N matrix H is negative definite if and only if its first leading principal minor
is strictly negative and the following leading principle minors alternate in in sign, i.e. |B1 | < 0,
|B2 | > 0, |B3 | < 0, . . . , (−1)N |BN | > 0, while it is positive definite if and only if all its N leading
principal minors are positive, i.e. |Bi | > 0 ∀ i ∈ {1, . . . , }, where |Bi | is the ith leading principal
minor of matrix H (Chiang, 1984, p. 324). An ith-order leading principal minor of a symmetric
N × N matrix H is the determinant of an k × k submatrix of H, whereas last N − k rows and
the last N − k columns have been deleted. An N × N has N leading principal minors.
negative
A quadratic N × N matrix H is semidefinite if and only if all N eigenvalues of H are
positive
non-positive
and at least one of these eigenvalues is zero (Chiang, 1984, p. 330).
non-negative
negative
A quadratic N × N matrix H is definite if and only if all N eigenvalues of H are
positive
negative
strictly (Chiang, 1984, p. 330).
positive
≥
f (θxu + (1 − θ)xv ) min(f (xu ), f (xv )) (1.9)
≤
quasiconcave
for all combinations of xu , xv ∈ D and for all 0 ≤ θ ≤ 1, while it is strictly over a
quasiconvex
convex set D if and only if
>
f (θxu + (1 − θ)xv ) min(f (xu ), f (xv )) (1.10)
<
for all combinations of xu , xv ∈ D and for all 0 < θ < 1 (Chiang, 1984, p. 389; Chambers, 1988,
p. 311).
An alternative definition of quasiconcavity and quasiconvexity is that a function f (x) : RN → R
quasiconcave
is over a convex set D if and only if
quasiconvex
for any constant k (Chiang, 1984, p. 391; Chambers, 1988, p. 311). The sets S u (k) and S l (k) are
38
1 Introduction
called upper contour set and lower contour set, respectively. There is no corresponding definition
of strict quasiconcavity or strict quasiconvexity (Chiang, 1984, p. 391).
necessary
If f (x) : RN → R is a continuous and twice continuously differentiable function, a
sufficient
≤ ≥ ≤ ≥ necessary
condition for quasiconcavity is that |B1 | 0, |B2 | 0, |B3 | 0, . . . , (−1)N |BN | 0, while a
< > < > sufficient
≤ ≤ ≤ ≤
condition for quasiconvexity is that |B1 | 0, |B2 | 0, |B3 | 0, . . . , |BN | 0, where |Bi | is the ith
< < < <
leading principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix
0 f1 f2 ... fN
f1 f11 f12 ... f1N
f2
B= f12 f22 ... f2N , (1.12)
. .. .. .. ..
..
. . . .
fN f1N f2N . . . fN N
fi denotes the partial derivative of f (x) with respect to xi , fij denotes the second partial derivative
of f (x) with respect to xi and xj , |B1 | is the determinant of the upper left 2 × 2 sub-matrix
of B, |B2 | is the determinant of the upper left 3 × 3 sub-matrix of B, . . . , and |BN | is the
determinant of B (Chiang, 1984, p. 393f; Chambers, 1988, p. 312). While the first inequality of
the necessary condition for quasiconcavity and quasiconvexity, i.e. |B1 | ≤ 0, is always fulfilled
given that |B1 | = −f12 , the first inequality of the sufficient condition for quasiconcavity and
quasiconvexity, i.e. |B1 | < 0, is only fulfilled if f1 6= 0 (Chiang, 1984, p. 394f).
where ∂g(β)/∂β is the Jacobian matrix of z = g(β) with respect to β and the superscript > is
the transpose operator.
39
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
2.1 Theory
2.1.1 Production function
The production function
y = f (x) (2.1)
indicates the maximum quantity of a single output (y) that can be obtained with a vector of
given input quantities (x). It is usually assumed that production functions fulfill some properties
(see Chambers, 1988, p. 9).
f (x) y
APi = = (2.2)
xi xi
The more output one firm produces per unit of input, the more productive is this firm and
the higher is the corresponding average product. If two firms use identical input quantities,
the firm with the larger output quantity is more productive (has a higher average product).
And if two firms produce the same output quantity, the firm with the smaller input quantity is
more productive (has a higher average product). However, if these two firms use different input
combinations, one firm could be more productive regarding the average product of one input,
while the other firm could be more productive regarding the average product of another input.
40
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
∂f (x)
M Pi = (2.4)
∂xi
∂f (x) xi MP
εi = = (2.5)
∂xi f (x) AP
In contrast to the marginal products, the changes of the input and output quantities are measured
in relative terms so that output elasticities are independent of the units of measurement. Output
elasticities are sometimes also called partial output elasticities or partial production elasticities.
If the technology has increasing returns to scale (ε > 1), total factor productivity increases
when all input quantities are proportionally increased, because the relative increase of the output
quantity y is larger than the relative increase of the aggregate input quantity X in equation (2.3).
If the technology has decreasing returns to scale (ε < 1), total factor productivity decreases when
all input quantities are proportionally increased, because the relative increase of the output
quantity y is less than the relative increase of the aggregate input quantity X. If the technology
has constant returns to scale (ε = 1), total factor productivity remains constant when all input
quantities change proportionally, because the relative change of the output quantity y is equal to
the relative change of the aggregate input quantity X.
If the elasticity of scale (monotonically) decreases with firm size, the firm has the most produc-
tive scale size (MPSS) at the point, where the elasticity of scale is one. In order to prove this, we
let x0 indicate the vector of a firm’s original input quantities and s > 0 indicate a scalar factor
by which the firm scales its original input quantities up or down so that it uses input quantities
x = s · x0 . When the firm uses the input quantities x = s · x0 , its total factor productivity is:
f (x) f (s · x0 ) f (s · x0 )
TFP = = = , (2.7)
Q(x) Q(s · x0 ) s · Q(x0 )
41
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
where f (.) is the production function and Q(.) indicates a linearly homogeneous function that
aggregates the individual input quantities to a quantity index. In the following, we want to find
the value of the scale factor s that maximizes total factor productivity. A necessary condition
for a maximum of the total factor productivity is that its partial derivative with respect to s is
zero:
∂T F P
=0 (2.8)
∂s
0
∂f (s·x0 )
s · Q(x 0 ) − f (s · x0 ) ∂ (s·Q(x ))
∂s ∂s
=0 (2.9)
(s · Q(x0 ))2
N
!
X ∂f (s · x0 ) ∂(s · x0i )
s · Q(x0 ) − f (x)Q(x0 ) = 0 (2.10)
i=1
∂(s · x0i ) ∂s
N
!
X ∂f (x) 0
x i s · Q(x0 ) = f (x)Q(x0 ) (2.11)
i=1
∂xi
N
X ∂f (x) s · x0i
=1 (2.12)
i=1
∂xi f (x)
N
X ∂f (x) x
=1 (2.13)
i=1
∂xi f (x)
N
X
i = 1 (2.14)
i=1
=1 (2.15)
Hence, a necessary condition for a maximum of the total factor productivity at a point x = s · x0
is that the elasticity of scale is one ( = 1). The sufficient condition for a maximum of the total
factor productivity is fulfilled if the second derivative of the total factor productivity with respect
to the scale factor is negative at the point x = s · x0 with = 1. This is the case if the elasticity
of scale decreases with the scale factor (∂/∂s < 0), i.e., firms that are smaller than the point
where = 1 have increasing returns to scale, while firms that are larger than the point where
= 1 have decreasing returns to scale.
42
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
∂y xj
∂xi xj ∂xj y εj
RM RT Si,j = =− xi = − ε (2.17)
∂xj xi ∂y i
∂xi y
Thus, if input i is substituted for input j so that the input ratio xi /xj increases by σij %, the
marginal rate of technical substitution between input i and input j will increase by 1%.
The direct elasticity of substitution measures the substitutability between two inputs when the
quantities of all other inputs are held constant. Hence, the direct elasticities of substitution can be
considered as short-run elasticities of substitution (Chambers, 1988, p. 33). It can be calculated
by:
D −fi fj (xi fi + xj fj )
σij = , (2.19)
xi xj fii fj2 − 2fij fi fj + fjj fi2
where fi ≡ ∂f (x)/∂xi is the partial derivative of the production function f (x) with respect to
the ith input quantity (xi ), and fij ≡ ∂ 2 f (x)/∂xi ∂xj is the second partial derivative of the
production function f (x) with respect to the ith and jth input quantity (xi , xj ) (Chambers,
1988, p. 31). As fij = fji (Young’s theorem), the direct elasticity of substitution is symmetric
D = σ D ).
(σij ji
The Allen elasticity of substitution is another measure of the substitutability between two inputs.
In contrast to the direct elasticity of substitution, the Allen elasticity of substitution takes into
account that the quantities of the other inputs can be adjusted as well. Hence, in comparison to
the direct elasticities of substitution, the Allen elasticities of substitution can be considered as
long-run elasticities of substitution. It can be calculated by:
P
xk Fij
k fk
σij = , (2.20)
xi xj F
43
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
As the bordered Hessian matrix is symmetric, the co-factors are also symmetric (Fij = Fji ) so
that also the Allen elasticities of substitution are symmetric (σij = σji ).
P
In case of two inputs (x = (x1 , x2 )), k fk xk = f1 x1 + f2 x2 , xi xj = x1 x2 , F12 = f1 f2 , and
F = 2f12 f1 f2 − f11 f22 − f22 f12 so that the direct elasticity of substitution is identical to the Allen
D ).
elasticity of substitution (σij = σij
Following condition holds for Allen elasticities of substitution:
X fi xi
Ki σij = 0 with Ki = P (2.23)
i k fk xk
The Morishima elasticity of substitution is a third measure of the substitutability between two
inputs. It can be calculated by:
M fj Fij fj Fjj
σij = − , (2.24)
xi F xj F
where Fij and F are defined as above. In contrast to the direct elasticity of substitution and the
Allen elasticity of substitution, the Morishima elasticity of substitution is usually not symmetric
1
The exponent of (−1) usually is the sum of the number of the deleted row (i + 1) and the number of the deleted
column (j + 1), i.e. i + j + 2. In our case, we can simplify this to i + j, because (−1)i+j+2 = (−1)i+j · (−1)2 =
(−1)i+j .
44
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
M 6= σ M ).
(σij ji
From the above definition of the Morishima elasticities of substitution (2.24), we can derive
the relationship between the Morishima elasticities of substitution and the Allen elasticities of
substitution:
P P
M fj xj k fk xk Fij fj xj k fk xk Fjj
σij =P −P (2.25)
k fk xk xi xj F k fk xk x2j F
fj xj fj xj
=P σij − P σjj (2.26)
k fk xk k fk xk
fj xj
=P (σij − σjj ) , (2.27)
k fk xk
where σjj can be calculated as the Allen elasticities of substitution with equation (2.20), but does
not have an economic meaning.
In case of two inputs (x = (x1 , x2 )), the Morishima elasticities of substitution are symmetric
and equal to the direct and Allen elasticities of substitution:
M f2 F12 f2 F22
σ12 = − (2.28)
x1 F x2 F
F12 f2 f2 F22
= − (2.29)
F x1 x2 F12
!
F12 f2 f2 f12
= + (2.30)
F x1 x2 f1 f2
F12 f2 f1
= + (2.31)
F x x2
1
F12 f2 x2 f1 x1
= + (2.32)
F x1 x2 x1 x2
f1 x1 + f2 x2 F12
= (2.33)
x1 x2 F
D
= σ12 = σ12 . (2.34)
where p is the price of the output and wi is the price of the ith input. If the firm faces output
price p and input prices wi , we can calculate the maximum profit that can be obtained by the
firm by solving following optimization problem:
X
max p y − wi xi , s.t. y = f (x) (2.36)
y,x
i
45
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
∂π ∂f (x)
=p − wi = p M Pi − wi = 0 (2.38)
∂xi ∂xi
so that we get
wi = p M Pi = M V Pi (2.39)
∂L ∂f (x)
= wi − λ = wi − λ M Pi = 0 (2.43)
∂xi ∂xi
∂L
= y − f (x) = 0 (2.44)
∂λ
wi = λM Pi (2.45)
and
wi λM Pi M Pi
= = = −M RT Sji (2.46)
wj λM Pj M Pj
46
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
As profit maximization implies producing the optimal output quantity with minimum costs,
the first-order conditions for the optimal input combinations (2.46) can be obtained not only
from cost minimization but also from the first-order conditions for profit maximization (2.39):
wi M V Pi p M Pi M Pi
= = = = −M RT Sji (2.47)
wj M V Pj p M Pj M Pj
If we replace the marginal products in the first-order conditions for profit maximization (2.39)
by the equations for calculating these marginal products and then solve this system of equations
for the input quantities, we get the input demand functions:
where w = [wi ] is the vector of all input prices. The input demand functions indicate the optimal
input quantities (xi ) given the output price (p) and all input prices (w). We can obtain the
output supply function from the production function by replacing all input quantities by the
corresponding input demand functions:
where x(p, w) = [xi (p, w)] is the set of all input demand functions. The output supply function
indicates the optimal output quantity (y) given the output price (p) and all input prices (w).
Hence, the input demand and output supply functions can be used to analyze the effects of prices
on the (optimal) input use and output supply. In economics, the effects of price changes are
usually measured in terms of price elasticities. These price elasticities can measure the effects of
the input prices on the input quantities:
∂xi (p, w) wj
ij (p, w) = , (2.50)
∂wj xi (p, w)
the effects of the input prices on the output quantity (expected to be non-positive):
∂y(p, w) wj
yj (p, w) = , (2.51)
∂wj y(p, w)
47
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
the effects of the output price on the input quantities (expected to be non-negative):
∂xi (p, w) p
ip (p, w) = , (2.52)
∂p xi (p, w)
and the effect of the output price on the output quantity (expected to be non-negative):
∂y(p, w) p
yp (p, w) = . (2.53)
∂p y(p, w)
The effect of an input price on the optimal quantity of the same input is expected to be non-
positive (ii (p, w) ≤ 0). If the cross-price elasticities between two inputs i and j are positive
(ij (p, w) ≥ 0, ji (p, w) ≥ 0), they are considered as gross substitutes. If the cross-price elasticities
between two inputs i and j are negative (ij (p, w) ≤ 0, ji (p, w) ≤ 0), they are considered as gross
complements.
If we replace the marginal products in the first-order conditions for cost minimization (2.45) by
the equations for calculating these marginal products and the solve this system of equations for
the input quantities, we get the conditional input demand functions:
xi = xi (w, y) (2.54)
These input demand functions are called “conditional,” because they indicate the optimal input
quantities (xi ) given all input prices (w) and conditional on the fixed output quantity (y). The
conditional input demand functions can be used to analyze the effects of input prices on the
(optimal) input use if the output quantity is given. The effects of price changes on the optimal
input quantities can be measured by conditional price elasticities:
∂xi (w, y) wj
ij (w, y) = (2.55)
∂wj xi (w, y)
The effect of the output quantity on the optimal input quantities can also be measured in terms
of elasticities (expected to be positive):
∂xi (w, y) y
iy (w, y) = . (2.56)
∂y xi (w, y)
The conditional effect of an input price on the optimal quantity of the same input is expected
to be non-positive (ii (w, y) ≤ 0). If the conditional cross-price elasticities between two inputs i
and j are positive (ij (w, y) ≥ 0, ji (w, y) ≥ 0), they are considered as net substitutes. If
the conditional cross-price elasticities between two inputs i and j are negative (ij (w, y) ≤ 0,
ji (w, y) ≤ 0), they are considered as net complements.
48
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
We can visualize these average products with histograms that can be created with the command
hist.
50
20
50
40
15
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
30
10
20
20
10
10
0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.1. These graphs show that average products (partial
productivities) vary considerably between firms. Most firms in our data set produce on average
between 0 and 40 units of output per unit of capital, between 2 and 16 units of output per
unit of labor, and between 0 and 100 units of output per unit of materials. Looking at each
average product separately, There are usually many firms with medium to low partial productivity
measures and only a few firms with high partial productivity measures.
We can find the firms with the highest partial productivities with the commands:
[1] 132
[1] 7
49
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] 83
Firm number 132 has the highest capital productivity, firm number 7 has the highest labor
productivity, and firm number 83 has the highest materials productivity.
The relationships between the average products can be visualized by scatter plots:
300
300
● ● ●
25
●● ● ●
● ●
●
● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ●
20
●
●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
200
200
● ●● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
dat$apLab
dat$apMat
dat$apMat
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ●
15
● ●
●● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●
●
●●● ● ● ●●
● ●●
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●● ●
●● ● ●
● ● ● ●●
●● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
●● ● ●●
10
● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●● ● ●● ●
●● ●● ● ● ●
100
100
●
●● ● ●●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●
●●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●● ● ●
●●● ● ● ●● ●●●● ●●●●● ●
●●
●● ● ●
●●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
●●●●● ●
● ● ●
●●
● ●●
●●● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●●
● ●
● ●
●●●●● ● ● ●●●●●
●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●
●●
● ● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●
●● ● ●●●●● ●
5
50
50
●
●
●●● ● ● ●●● ●
● ●● ● ●●●● ● ●
●
●● ●● ● ● ●●
● ●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●●●●
●● ● ●
●
● ●●● ● ● ●●
●● ● ●
● ● ●● ●● ●●
●●● ● ●●
●
●●
● ● ● ● ●
●
●●
● ●
● ●●●
● ●●
●
●● ●●
● ● ● ●●
0
0
0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.2. They show that the average products of the three
inputs are positively correlated.
As the units of measurements of the input and output quantities in our data set cannot be
interpreted in practical terms, the interpretation of the size of the average products is practically
not useful. However, they can be used to make comparisons between firms. For instance, the
interrelation between average products and firm size can be analyzed. A possible (although not
perfect) measure of size of the firms in our data set is the total output.
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.3. These graphs show that the larger firms (i.e. firms
with larger output quantities) produce also a larger output quantity per unit of each input. This
is not really surprising, because the output quantity is in the numerator of equation (2.2) so that
the average products are necessarily positively related to the output quantity for a given input
quantity.
50
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
300
150
● ● ● ●
25
● ● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ● ●
● ●●
●
20
● ●
● ● ●●
● ● ●
200
100
● ● ●● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●●● ● ●
15
● ●
apCap
● ● ●●
apLab
apMat
● ● ●● ●●
● ● ● ● ●● ●
●● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ●
● ●●
10
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●●●●●●●● ●●● ●● ●
100
● ● ● ●●●● ●●● ● ●
50
●●
● ●●● ● ●● ●
● ●●● ● ●●●
● ● ●● ●
● ● ●●●●●●● ●
● ● ●● ● ●
● ●●● ●● ●●● ●●
● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●
●● ● ● ●●●●●●
●● ●●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
5
●●
50
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
●●● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
●
●●
●●●
● ●●●
● ●●
● ●● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
●
●●●● ●●●
●●●
●
●
●● ●● ●●●●●
●● ●●●● ●● ● ●●●● ●
● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●● ●
● ● ●●●●
● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●●● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ● ● ● ●
0
0
0
1e+05 5e+05 5e+06 1e+05 5e+05 5e+06 1e+05 5e+05 5e+06
The variation of the total factor productivities can be visualized as before in a histogram:
●
2.0e+07
40
●
30
Frequency
dat$qOut
1.0e+07
● ●
20
●
●
●
●
●
10
● ●
● ●● ● ●
●●●● ●●● ●● ●●
●
● ●●●● ● ● ●
0.0e+00
●
●●●
●
●●
●
●●
●●
●
●●●●
●
●
●
● ●●● ●● ●
●
●●
●
●
●●
●●●
●
●●
●
●●●
●●
●
●
● ●●
● ●
● ●●
●●●
●●
●●● ●●
●●
●●
● ●
●●●
0
TFP dat$X
51
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
a line through the origin with the slope equal to the maximum total factor productivity as well
as a line through the origin with the slope equal to the minimum total factor productivity in the
data set:
The resulting scatter plot is shown in the right panel of figure 2.4. Both parts of figure 2.4
indicate that total factor productivity considerably varies between firms.
Where do these large differences in (total factor) productivity come from? We can check the
relation between total factor productivity and firm size by a scatter plot. We use two different
measures of firm size: total output and aggregate input. The following commands produce scatter
plots, where we set argument log of the plot command to the character string "x" so that the
horizontal axis is measured in logarithmic terms and the dots (firms) are more equally spread:
● ●
6e+06
6e+06
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
●● ●
●●
● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ● ●
●● ●●● ●● ● ●●
dat$tfp
dat$tfp
●●● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3e+06
3e+06
● ● ●● ● ● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●●
● ●● ● ● ● ●
●●●● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
●● ● ●
●●
●
● ●●● ●● ● ●●
●●● ●● ● ●●● ●●●
● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●●
● ●●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●●● ●
●
●●
● ●●●●
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
● ● ● ●●● ●●● ●● ●
● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
●●● ●● ●
● ●●●●● ● ●
● ●●
●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●
●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
●
● ● ●● ●● ● ●
0e+00
0e+00
● ●● ● ● ●
●● ● ●●●● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ●
The resulting scatter plots are shown in figure 2.5. The scatter plot in the left panel clearly
shows that the firms with larger output quantities also have a larger total factor productivity.
This is not really surprising, because the output quantity is in the numerator of equation (2.3) so
that the total factor productivity is necessarily positively related to the output quantity for given
input quantities. The total factor productivity is only slightly positively related to the measure
of aggregate input use.
We can also analyze whether the firms that use an advisory service have a higher total factor
productivity than firms that do not use an advisory service. We can visualize and compare the
total factor productivities of the two different groups of firms (with and without advisory service)
using boxplot diagrams:
52
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
17
● ● ●
1.5
● ●
6e+06
●
●
16
1.0
5e+06
●
●
15
0.5
4e+06
log(qOut)
log(X)
TFP
14
3e+06
0.0
2e+06
13
−0.5
1e+06
●
12
−1.0
●
●
0e+00
The resulting boxplot graphic is shown on the left panel of figure 2.6. It suggests that the firms
that use advisory service are slightly more productive than firms that do not use advisory service
(at least when looking at the 25th percentile and the median).
However, these boxplots can only indicate a relationship between using advisory service and
total factor productivity but they cannot indicate whether using an advisory service increases
productivity (i.e. a causal effect). For instance, if larger firms are more likely to use an advisory
service than smaller firms and larger firms have a higher total factor productivity than smaller
firms, we expect that firms that use an advisory service have a higher productivity than smaller
firms even if using an advisory service does not affect total factor productivity. However, this
is not the case in our data set, because farms with and without advisory service use rather
similar input quantities (see right panel of figure 2.6). As farms that use advisory service use
similar input quantities but have a higher total factor productivity than farms without advisory
service (see left panel of figure 2.6), they also have larger output quantities than corresponding
farms without advisory service (see middle panel of figure 2.6). Furthermore, the causal effect
of advisory service on total factor productivity might not be equal to the productivity difference
between farms with and without advisory service, because it might be that the firms that anyway
were the most productive were more (or less) likely to use advisory service than the firms that
anyway were the least productive.
53
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
N
X
y = β0 + βi xi (2.57)
i=1
2.3.2 Estimation
We can add a stochastic error term to this linear production function and estimate it for our data
set using the command lm:
> prodLin <- lm( qOut ~ qCap + qLab + qMat, data = dat )
> summary( prodLin )
Call:
lm(formula = qOut ~ qCap + qLab + qMat, data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-3888955 -773002 86119 769073 7091521
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -1.616e+06 2.318e+05 -6.972 1.23e-10 ***
qCap 1.788e+00 1.995e+00 0.896 0.372
qLab 1.183e+01 1.272e+00 9.300 3.15e-16 ***
qMat 4.667e+01 1.123e+01 4.154 5.74e-05 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
2.3.3 Properties
As the coefficients of all three input quantities are positive, the monotonicity condition is (glob-
ally) fulfilled. However, the coefficient of the capital quantity is statistically not significantly
different from zero. Therefore, we cannot be sure that the capital quantity has a positive effect
54
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
on the output quantity. However, the result that the capital quantity does not have a statisti-
cally significant effect on the output quantity does not mean that the capital quantity in reality
does not affect the output quantity—we just do not have sufficient (statistical) evidence to rule
out that the capital quantity does not affect the output quantity. If the capital input in reality
affects the output quantity but we remove it from our regression model, the estimation results
will be biased and inconsistent. On the other hand, if the capital input in reality does not affect
the output quantity but we keep it as explanatory variable in our regression model, the estima-
tion results are inefficient but they are still unbiased and consistent. Furthermore, based on our
knowledge about apple production, we expect that the capital input (consisting of land, fruit
trees, machinery, . . . ) clearly affects the output quantity. For these reasons, we do not remove
the capital quantity from the regression model but keep it as explanatory variable.
As every linear function is concave (and convex), also our estimated linear production is concave
and hence, also quasiconcave. As the isoquants of linear productions functions are linear, the
input requirement sets are always convex (and concave).
Our estimated linear production function does not fulfill the weak essentiality assumption,
because the intercept is different from zero. The production technology described by a linear
production function with more than one (relevant) input never shows strict essentiality.
The input requirement sets derived from linear production functions are always closed and
non-empty for y > 0 if weak essentiality is fulfilled (β0 = 0) and strict monotonicity is fulfilled
for at least one input (∃ i ∈ {1, . . . , N } : βi > 0), as the input quantities must be non-negative
(xi ≥ 0 ∀ i).
The linear production function always returns finite, real, and single values for all non-negative
and finite x. However, as the intercept of our estimated production function is negative, the non-
negativity assumption is not fulfilled. A linear production function would return non-negative
values for all non-negative and finite x if β0 ≥ 0 and the monotonicity condition is fulfilled
(βi ≥ 0 ∀ i = 1, . . . , N ).
All linear production functions are continuous and twice-continuously differentiable.
55
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] TRUE
We can evaluate the “fit” of the model by comparing the observed with the fitted output
quantities using the command compPlot (package miscTools):
2e+07
●
●
2.0e+07
●
● ● ●●●
●● ●● ●
●
●● ●●●●● ●●
● ● ● ● ●●●
2e+06
● ● ●●●●●●
● ●● ●●
●●
●●●
●
●●●●●●
● ●●●● ● ● ●●●●●
●●●
●
●●●● ●● ●
● ●●●
● ●●● ●
●
●
●●
●●
● ●
fitted
fitted
●● ● ●●● ●
● ●
1.0e+07
● ●
● ●
● ● ●● ●● ●
● ● ● ●●
● ● ●
●●
2e+05
● ●
●
●● ●● ●
● ●
●
● ●●
●● ● ●
●●●●●
● ●● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●
●●●
●●●●●●
● ●●
●
0.0e+00
● ● ●
●
●●●● ●
●
●●●●●
● ●●
●● ●
2e+04
●
●●
●
●●
●●
●●●
●●●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●●
●●● ●●
●
●
●●●●
●
● ●
observed observed
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.7. While the graph in the left panel uses a linear
scale for the axes, the graph in the right panel uses a logarithmic scale for both axes. Hence, the
deviations from the 45°-line illustrate the absolute deviations in the left panel and the relative
deviations in the right panel. As the logarithm of non-positive values is undefined, we have to
exclude observations with non-positive predicted output quantities in the graphs with logarithmic
axes. The fit of the model looks okay in both scatter plots.
As negative output quantities would render the corresponding output elasticities useless, we
have to carefully check the sign of the predicted output quantities:
FALSE TRUE
1 139
56
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
∂y xi xi M Pi
i = = M Pi = (2.59)
∂xi y y APi
As the output elasticities depend on the input and output quantities and these quantities generally
differ between firms, also the output elasticities differ between firms. Hence, we can calculate
them for each firm in the sample:
However, these mean values are distorted by outliers (see figure 2.8). Therefore, we calculate the
median values of the the output elasticities:
Hence, if a firm increases capital input by one percent, the output will usually increase by around
0.08 percent; if the firm increases labor input by one percent, the output will often increase by
around 1.29 percent; and if the firm increases materials input by one percent, the output will
often increase by around 0.59 percent.
57
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
We can visualize (the variation of) these output elasticities with histograms. The user can
modify the desired number of bars in the histogram by adding an integer number as additional
argument:
40
30
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
20
40
20
10
20
10
0
0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.8. If the firms increase capital input by one percent,
the output of most firms will increase by between 0 and 0.2 percent; if the firms increase labor
input by one percent, the output of most firms will increase by between 0.5 and 3 percent;
and if the firms increase materials input by one percent, the output of most firms will increase
by between 0.2 and 1.2 percent. While the marginal effect of capital on the output is rather
small for most firms, there are many firms with implausibly high output elasticities of labor and
materials (i > 1). This might indicate that the true production technology cannot be reasonably
approximated by a linear production function.
In contrast to a pure theoretical microeconomic model, our empirically estimated model in-
cludes a stochastic error term so that the observed output quantities (y) are not necessarily equal
to the output quantities that are predicted by the model (ŷ = f (x)). This error term comes
from, e.g., measurement errors, omitted explanatory variables, (good or bad) luck, or unusual(ly)
(good or bad) weather conditions. The better the fit of our model, i.e. the higher the R2 value,
the smaller is the difference between the observed and the predicted output quantities. If we
“believe” in our estimated model, it would be more consistent with microeconomic theory, if we
use the predicted output quantities and disregard the stochastic error term.
We can calculate the output elasticities based on the predicted output quantities (see sec-
tion 2.3.4) rather than the observed output quantities:
58
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
80 100
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
80
60
60
60
40
40
40
20
20
20
0
Figure 2.9: Linear production function: output elasticities based on predicted output quantities
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.9. While the choice of the variable for the output
quantity (observed vs. predicted) only has a minor effect on the mean and median values of the
output elasticities, the ranges of the output elasticities that are calculated from the predicted
output quantities are much larger than the ranges of the output elasticities that are calculated
from the observed output quantities. Due to 1 negative predicted output quantity, the output
elasticities of this observation are also negative.
Hence, the elasticities of scale of all firms in the sample can be calculated by:
59
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The mean and median values of the elasticities of scale can be calculated by
eScale eScaleFit
3.056945 3.334809
eScale eScaleFit
1.941536 1.864253
Hence, if a firm increases all input quantities by one percent, the output quantity will usually
increase by around 1.9 percent. This means that most firms have increasing returns to scale and
hence, the firms could increase productivity by increasing the firm size (i.e. increasing all input
quantities).
The (variation of the) elasticities of scale can be visualized with histograms:
40
25
60
30
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
15
20
10
20
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 0 20 40 60 80 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.10. As the predicted output quantity of 1 firm is neg-
ative, the elasticity of scale of this observation also is negative, if the predicted output quantities
are used for the calculation. However, all remaining elasticities of scale that are based on the
predicted output quantities are larger than one, which indicates increasing returns to scale. In
contrast, 15 (out of 140) elasticities of scale that are calculated with the observed output quanti-
ties indicate decreasing returns to scale. However, both approaches indicate that most firms have
60
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
an elasticity of scale between one and two. Hence, if these firms increase all input quantities by
one percent, the output of most firms will increase by between 1 and 2 percent. Some firms even
have an elasticity of scale larger than five, which is very implausible and might indicate that the
true production technology cannot be reasonably approximated by a linear production function.
Information on the optimal firm size can be obtained by analyzing the interrelationship between
firm size and the elasticity of scale:
● ● ● ●
● ●
15
15
●● ●●
● ●
eScale
eScale
10
10
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●●
● ●
5
● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●
● ●●●● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ●●●● ● ● ● ●●●
●
●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●● ●●● ●● ●
● ●● ●●
● ● ●
● ●
● ●
● ● ●●
● ●●
● ● ●●●● ●● ●● ●
●● ●●●
●● ●● ●●● ●●
●●● ● ● ● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ●
●●●●
●●● ●
●● ●●
●
●●
●
●● ●●● ● ● ●●
● ●●●● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●● ● ● ● ● ● ●●●● ●●
●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
●●●●●● ● ●
● ●
X qOut
15
15
● ●
● ●
10
10
● ● ●
●
● ●
eScaleFit
eScaleFit
● ●
●● ●
● ●●
● ●
5
●● ● ● ●●
●●● ● ●
● ●
●●● ● ● ●
● ● ●
●● ● ●● ● ●
●
●●●● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●●● ●●
●●●●
●●
●● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●
●●
●●●
●●●
● ●●
●
●● ●● ● ●●● ●●●●
●●● ●
●● ●
●● ●
●●●●
●● ●● ●● ●●●● ●
●●●● ●
●
●●
●
●●
●● ●
●●●●
● ●
● ●●●
●
●● ●● ●
●
●●●●
●●●● ●●
●● ● ●● ●● ●
● ● ●●●● ● ●●
●●● ●●●●●● ●
● ● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●●● ●●● ● ● ●●●●
● ●
● ● ●●
0
X qOut
Figure 2.11: Linear production function: elasticities of scale for different firm sizes
61
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.11. They indicate that very small firms could enor-
mously gain from increasing their size, while the benefits from increasing firm size decrease with
size. Only a few elasticities of scale that are calculated with the observed output quantities indi-
cate decreasing returns to scale so that productivity would decline when these firms increase their
size. For all firms that use at least 2.1 times the input quantities of the average firm or produces
more than 6,000,000 quantity units (approximately 6,000,000 Euros), the elasticities of scale that
are based on the observed input quantities are very close to one. From this observation we could
conclude that firms have their optimal size when they use at least 2.1 times the input quantities
of the average firm or produce at least 6,000,000 quantity units (approximately 6,000,000 Euros
turn over). In contrast, the elasticities of scale that are based on the predicted output quantities
are larger one even for the largest firms in the data set. From this observation, we could conclude
that the even the largest firms in the sample would gain from growing in size and thus, the most
productive scale size is lager than the size of the largest firms in the sample.
The high elasticities of scale explain why we found much higher partial productivities (average
products) and total factor productivities for larger firms than for smaller firms.
qLab
-6.615934
qCap
-0.1511502
qMat
-26.09666
qCap
-0.03831908
62
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
qMat
-3.944516
qLab
-0.2535165
Hence, if a firm wants to reduce the use of labor by one unit, he/she has to use 6.62 additional
units of capital in order to produce the same output as before. Alternatively, the firm can replace
the unit of labor by using 0.25 additional units of materials. If the firm increases the use of labor
by one unit, he/she can reduce capital by 6.62 units whilst still producing the same output as
before. Alternatively, the firm can reduce materials by 0.25 units.
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.12. According to the RMRTS based on the linear
production function, most firms need between 20% more capital or around 2% more materials to
compensate a 1% reduction of labor.
63
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
60
50
50
30
40
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
20
30
20
20
10
10
10
0
0
−150 −100 −50 0 −0.20 −0.10 0.00 −60 −40 −20 0
50
50
30
40
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
30
20
20
20
10
10
10
0
−0.5 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 −1.5 −1.0 −0.5 0.0 −8 −6 −4 −2 0
Figure 2.12: Linear production function: relative marginal rates of technical substitution
(RMRTS)
64
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The command compPlot (package miscTools) can be used to compare the marginal value products
with the corresponding input prices:
140
35
● ● ●
5
● ● ●
30
● ● ●
● ●●
● ● ●
● ●
● ●●●
● ● ●
100
4
25
● ● ●
● ●●
● ● ●
● ●●●
● ●● ● ●
●
● ●●
●
MVP Cap
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
● ● ●
● ●●
80
20
● ● ●
● ●●
3
● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ●
60
● ●
15
● ● ● ●●
● ● ●● ●
●● ●●
●
● ●● ●
● ● ●●
● ●● ● ● ●●
2
● ● ●
●●
● ●●
●●
●● ● ●
●●
●● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●●
●●
●
●
10
40
●● ● ● ●
●
●●
● ●
●●
●●●●
●● ●
●●● ●●
● ●● ●● ●
●●
● ●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●●
●●
●●● ●●
●●●●●
●●● ●
●● ● ● ● ●
●● ●
●●
●●●
●●● ●●
●
●●●
●● ● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●●●● ●●
● ● ● ●
●
●● ●
●
●
●
●●
●●●
● ●●
●● ●●● ●● ● ● ● ●
●
●●
● ●
●
●●
●
●●●
●●● ●
1
●●
● ●●●●● ●
●● ●
●●
●
20
● ● ●
5
●
0
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 20 40 60 80 120
● ● ●●
●
●
●● ● ● ●●● ● ●
100
●
● ● ●● ●● ●●
●● ●●●● ●●
● ● ●●●●
● ●
●
● ●● ●
● ●● ●●
● ● ● ● ●● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ●
●
●
●●
● ● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●● ●
● ● ●●● ● ●
●●● ●
● ●● ● ●● ●●●● ●
● ●
50
●●● ● ●●
10.0
● ● ● ● ●
2.0
● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●●
● ● ●●●
●
●● ● ● ●● ● ●●●
●●●
●
●●●●●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●●
●●●●
●● ●●●
●●●● ●● ●
●
●
● ● ●●
● ●● ●●●●
● ●
●●●●●
●
●
●● ●●
● ●
● ●
●●● ● ● ●
● ●●
● ●● ●
● ● ● ●●●●●
● ●● ●
●● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●●●● ●●
●●●●●
● ●●
●●●●●●●● ● ● ●
●● ●
●●
●●● ●●
● ● ●●●●●●● ● ●
MVP Cap
●
MVP Lab
●●
MVP Mat
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ●
●●
1.0
●● ● ● ●
● ●● ●
20
● ●●
● ●
● ● ● ●● ●
● ●
●●
2.0
10
0.5
1.0
5
0.2
0.5
0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 20.0 5 10 20 50 100
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.13. The graphs on the left side indicate that the
marginal value products of capital are sometimes lower but more often higher than the capital
prices. The four other graphs indicate that the marginal value products of labor and materials
are always higher than the labor prices and the materials prices, respectively. This indicates that
65
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
some firms could increase their profit by using more capital and all firms could increase their
profit by using more labor and more materials. Given that most firms operate under increasing
returns to scale, it is not surprising that most firms would gain from increasing most—or even
all—input quantities. Therefore, the question arises why the firms in the sample did not do this.
There are many possible reasons for not increasing the input quantities until the predicted op-
timal input levels, e.g. legal restrictions, environmental regulations, market imperfections, credit
(liquidity) constraints, and/or risk aversion. Furthermore, market imperfections might cause that
the (observed) average prices are lower than the marginal costs of obtaining these inputs (e.g.
Henning and Henningsen, 2007), particularly for labor and capital.
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.14. The upper left graph shows that the ratio between
the capital price and the labor price is larger than the absolute value of the marginal rate of
technical substitution between labor and capital (0.151) for the most firms in the sample:
wcap M Pcap
> −M RT Slab,cap = (2.61)
wlab M Plab
Or taken the other way round, the lower left graph shows that the ratio between the labor
price and the capital price is smaller than the absolute value of the marginal rate of technical
substitution between capital and labor (6.616) for the most firms in the sample:
wlab M Plab
< −M RT Scap,lab = (2.62)
wcap M Pcap
66
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
50
40
40
40
30
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
20
20
20
10
10
10
0
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
40
50
60
30
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
40
20
20
20
10
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 5 10 15 20
67
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Hence, the firm can get closer to the minimum of the costs by substituting labor for capital,
because this will decrease the marginal product of labor and increase the marginal product of
capital so that the absolute value of the MRTS between labor and capital increases, the absolute
value of the MRTS between capital and labor decreases, and both of the MRTS get closer to the
corresponding input price ratios. Similarly, the graphs in the middle column indicate that almost
all firms should substitute materials for capital and the graphs on the right indicate that most of
the firms should substitute labor for materials. Hence, the firms could reduce production costs
particularly by using less capital and more labor.
If all input quantities are zero, the output quantity is equal to the intercept, which is zero in case
of weak essentiality. Otherwise, the output quantity is indeterminate or infinity:
β 0
if M V Pi < wi ∀ i
y(p, w) = ∞ if M V Pi > wi ∃ i (2.64)
indeterminate
otherwise
A cost minimizing producer will use only a single input, i.e. the input with the lowest cost
per unit of produced output (wi /M Pi ). If the lowest cost per unit of produced output can be
obtained by two or more inputs, these input quantities are indeterminate.
βi βj
0 if wi < wj ∃j
y−β0 βi βj
xi (w, y) = βi if wi > wj ∀ j 6= i (2.65)
indeterminate
otherwise
Given that the unconditional and conditional input demand functions and the output supply
functions based on the linear production function are non-continuous and often return either zero
or infinite values, it does not make much sense to use this functional form to predict the effects
of price changes when the true technology implies that firms always use non-zero finite input
quantities.
68
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
N
xαi i .
Y
y=A (2.66)
i=1
This function can be linearized by taking the (natural) logarithm on both sides:
N
X
ln y = α0 + αi ln xi , (2.67)
i=1
where α0 is equal to ln A.
2.4.2 Estimation
We can estimate this Cobb-Douglas production function for our data set using the command lm:
> prodCD <- lm( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( prodCD )
Call:
lm(formula = log(qOut) ~ log(qCap) + log(qLab) + log(qMat), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.67239 -0.28024 0.00667 0.47834 1.30115
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -2.06377 1.31259 -1.572 0.1182
log(qCap) 0.16303 0.08721 1.869 0.0637 .
log(qLab) 0.67622 0.15430 4.383 2.33e-05 ***
log(qMat) 0.62720 0.12587 4.983 1.87e-06 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
69
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
2.4.3 Properties
The monotonicity condition is (globally) fulfilled, as the estimated coefficients of all three (loga-
rithmic) input quantities are positive and the output quantity as well as all input quantities are
non-negative (see equation 2.69). However, the coefficient of the (logarithmic) capital quantity is
only statistically significantly different from zero at the 10% level. Therefore, we cannot be sure
that the capital quantity has a positive effect on the output quantity.2
The quasiconcavity of our estimated Cobb-Douglas production function is checked in sec-
tion 2.4.12.
The production technology described by a Cobb-Douglas production function always shows
weak and strict essentiality, because the output quantity becomes zero, as soon as a single input
quantity becomes zero (see equation 2.66).
The input requirement sets derived from Cobb-Douglas production functions are always closed
and non-empty for y > 0 if strict monotonicity is fulfilled for at least one input (∃ i ∈ {1, . . . , N } :
βi > 0), as the input quantities must be non-negative (xi ≥ 0 ∀ i).
The Cobb-Douglas production function always returns finite, real, and single values if the input
quantities are non-negative and finite. The predicted output quantity is non-negative as long as
A and the input quantities are non-negative, where A = exp(α0 ) is positive even if α0 is negative.
All Cobb-Douglas production functions are continuous and twice-continuously differentiable.
[1] TRUE
We can evaluate the “fit” of the Cobb-Douglas production function by comparing the observed
with the fitted output quantities:
2
In section 2.3.3, we discuss whether input quantities that do not have a statistically significant effect on the
output should be removed from the model.
70
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
●
● ●
2.0e+07
1e+07
●
●
●
●●● ● ●
● ●● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●●
● ●
● ● ●●● ●
5e+05 2e+06
● ● ●
●●
●● ●
●● ●
●
●●●●
●●
fitted
fitted
● ● ●●
● ● ●●
● ● ● ●● ● ●●●●
1.0e+07
● ●●
●●●
● ●
● ●●●
● ●
●● ●● ● ●●●●●●●
● ●●●● ● ●● ●
●● ●● ● ●●● ●●
● ●●
●● ● ●
●●● ● ● ●●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
●●● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●●●● ●
●●●● ● ●●
●● ●●● ●●
0.0e+00
●●●●●● ● ●
1e+05
●●●
●
●●
●●
●
●
●● ●
●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●●
●
●
●●●
●
● ●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●●
●●
observed observed
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.15. While the graph in the left panel uses a linear
scale for the axes, the graph in the right panel uses a logarithmic scale for both axes. Hence, the
deviations from the 45°-line illustrate the absolute deviations in the left panel and the relative
deviations in the right panel. The fit of the model looks okay in the scatter plot on the left-hand
side, but if we use a logarithmic scale on both axes (as in the graph on the right-hand side), we
can see that the output quantity is generally over-estimated if the the observed output quantity
is small.
∂y xi ∂ ln y ∂y ∂ ln xi xi ∂ ln y y 1 xi ∂ ln y
i = = = = = αi (2.68)
∂xi y ∂ ln xi ∂ ln y ∂xi y ∂ ln xi 1 xi y ∂ ln xi
Hence, if a firm increases capital input by one percent, the output will increase by 0.16 percent;
if a firm increases labor input by one percent, the output will increase by 0.68 percent; and if
a firm increases materials input by one percent, the output will increase by 0.63 percent. The
output elasticity of capital is somewhat larger and the output elasticity of labor is considerably
smaller when estimated by a Cobb-Douglas production function than when estimated by a linear
production function. Indeed, the output elasticities of all three inputs are in the reasonable range,
i.e. between zero one one, now.
71
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
N
∂y y
= αi x−1 xαj i = αi
Y
M Pi = i A (2.69)
∂xi j=1
xi
∂y ∂ ln y y y
M Pi = = = αi (2.70)
∂xi ∂ ln xi xi xi
As the marginal products depend on the input and output quantities and these quantities gen-
erally differ between firms, the marginal products based on Cobb-Douglas production functions
also differ between firms. Hence, we can calculate them for each firm in the sample:
While microeconomic theory usually ignores statistical “noise,” empirical estimations have a
noise term so that the observed output quantities are generally unequal to the output quanti-
ties predicted by the estimated production function. Hence, alternatively, we can calculate the
marginal products based on the predicted output quantities:
72
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Hence, if a firm increases capital input by one unit, the output will on average increase by around
5.32 or 4.49 units. If the firm increases labor input by one unit, the output will on average increase
by around 6.91 or 5.91 units. And if the firm increases materials input by one unit, the output
will on average increase by around 56.85 or 47.45 units.
If the “noise” term mainly comprises measurement errors in the output quantity, the “true”
output quantity is probably closer to the predicted output quantity than to the observed output
quantity so that it seems to be more appropriate to calculate the marginal products based on the
predicted output quantity than based on the observed output quantity. On the other hand, if
the “noise” term mainly comprises the effects of omitted variables, the “true” output quantity is
probably closer to the observed output quantity than to the predicted output quantity so that it
seems to be more appropriate to calculate the marginal products based on the observed output
quantity than based on the predicted output quantity.
However, in the second case, the output quantities used in the calculations are generally unequal
to those predicted by the estimated production function, while the derivation of the marginal
products in equation (2.69) assumes that the output quantities y are equal to the right-hand
side of the production function (2.66). Therefore, using observed (rather than predicted) output
quantities can result in inconsistencies in microeconomic analyses.
We can visualize (the variation of) these marginal products with histograms:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.16. If the firms increase capital input by one unit, the
output of most firms will increase by between 0 and 8 units; if the firms increase labor input by
one unit, the output of most firms will increase by between 2 and 12 units; and if the firms increase
materials input by one unit, the output of most firms will increase by between 20 and 80 units.
Not surprisingly, a comparison of these marginal effects with the marginal effects from the linear
production function confirms the results from the comparison based on the output elasticities:
the marginal products of capital are generally larger than the marginal product estimated by
the linear production function and the marginal products of labor are generally smaller than the
marginal product estimated by the linear production function, while the marginal products of
73
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
50
30
25
30
40
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
20
15
20
10
10
10
5
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 0 50 100 150 200
30
60
40
25
50
30
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
15
30
20
10
20
10
10
5
0
0
0 5 10 15 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 20 40 60 80 100 120
fuel are (on average) rather similar to the marginal product estimated by the linear production
function.
[1] 1.466442
Hence, if the firm increases all input quantities by one percent, output will increase by 1.47
percent. This means that the technology has strong increasing returns to scale. However, in
contrast to the results of the linear production function, the elasticity of scale based on the Cobb-
Douglas production function is (globally) constant. Hence, it does not decrease (or increase), e.g.,
with the size of the firm. This means that the optimal firm size would be infinity.
We can use the delta method (see section 1.5.4) to calculate the variance and the standard error
of the elasticity of scale. Given that the first derivatives of the elasticity of scale with respect to
the estimated coefficients are ∂ε/∂α0 = 0 and ∂ε/∂αCap = ∂ε/∂αLab = ∂ε/∂αM at = 1, we can
do this by following commands:
74
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] 1.466442
[1] 0 1 1 1
[,1]
[1,] 0.0118237
[,1]
[1,] 0.1087369
Now, we can apply a t test to test whether the elasticity of scale significantly differs from one.
The following commands calculate the t value and the critical value for a two-sided t test based
on a 5% significance level:
[,1]
[1,] 4.289645
[1] 1.977561
Given that the t value is larger than the critical value, we can reject the null hypothesis of
constant returns to scale and conclude that the technology has significantly increasing returns to
scale. The P value for this two-sided t test is:
[,1]
[1,] 3.372264e-05
Given that the P value is close to zero, we can be very sure that the technology has increasing
returns to scale. The 95% confidence interval for the elasticity of scale is:
75
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Given that the marginal rates of technical substitution are ratios between marginal products,
the output quantities in the marginal products cancel out so that it does not matter whether one
uses the marginal products that were calculated based on the observed output quantities or the
marginal products that were calculated based on the predicted output quantities:
[1] TRUE
[1] TRUE
[1] TRUE
[1] TRUE
[1] TRUE
[1] TRUE
76
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
35
60
30
30
50
25
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
20
20
30
15
20
10
10
10
5
0
0
−6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 −6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 −50 −40 −30 −20 −10 0
50
60
50
40
50
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
30
30
30
20
20
20
10
10
10
0
0
−0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 −35 −25 −15 −5 0 −0.4 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0
Figure 2.17: Cobb-Douglas production function: marginal rates of technical substitution (MRTS)
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.17. According to the MRTS based on the Cobb-
Douglas production function, most firms only need between 0.5 and 2 additional units of capital
or between 0.05 and 0.15 additional units of materials to replace one unit of labor.
log(qLab)
-4.147897
log(qCap)
-0.241086
77
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
log(qMat)
-3.847203
log(qCap)
-0.2599291
log(qMat)
-0.9275069
log(qLab)
-1.078159
Hence, if a firm wants to reduce the use of labor by one percent, it has to use 4.15 percent more
capital in order to produce the same output as before. Alternatively, the firm can replace one
percent of labor by using 1.08 percent more materials. If the firm increases the use of labor by one
percent, it can reduce capital by 4.15 percent whilst still producing the same output as before.
Alternatively, the firm can reduce materials by 1.08 percent.
∂y y
f1 = = α1 A xα1 1 −1 xα2 2 xα3 3 = α1 (2.71)
∂x1 x1
∂y y
f2 = = α2 A xα1 1 xα2 2 −1 xα3 3 = α2 (2.72)
∂x2 x2
∂y y
f3 = = α3 A xα1 1 xα2 2 xα3 3 −1 = α3 (2.73)
∂x3 x3
∂f1 f1 y f2 f1
f11 = = α1 − α1 2 = 1 − (2.74)
∂x1 x1 x1 y x1
∂f2 f2 y f 2 f2
f22 = = α2 − α2 2 = 2 − (2.75)
∂x2 x2 x2 y x2
∂f3 f3 y f 2 f3
f33 = = α3 − α3 2 = 3 − (2.76)
∂x3 x3 x3 y x3
78
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
∂f1 f2 f1 f2
f12 = = α1 = (2.77)
∂x2 x1 y
∂f1 f3 f1 f3
f13 = = α1 = (2.78)
∂x3 x1 y
∂f2 f3 f2 f3
f23 = = α2 = . (2.79)
∂x3 x2 y
Generally, for an N -input Cobb-Douglas function, the first and second derivatives are
y
fi = αi (2.80)
xi
fi fj fi
fij = − δij , (2.81)
y xi
In section 2.4.6, we have already computed the first partial derivatives (fi ) of the Cobb-Douglas
production function, which are also called marginal products. In section 2.4.6, we also argue that
using observed (rather than predicted) output quantities can result in inconsistencies in microe-
conomic analyses. Therefore, we use marginal products based on predicted output quantities in
the following derivations. In order to simplify further computations, we create variables with
shorter names for the first derivatives (marginal products):
Based on these first derivatives, we can also calculate the second derivatives:
79
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
All direct elasticities of substitution are exactly one for all observations and for all combinations
of the inputs. This is no surprise and confirms that our calculations have been done correctly,
because the Cobb-Douglas functional form implies that the direct elasticities of substitution are
always equal to one, irrespective of the input and output quantities and the estimated parameters.
In order to calculate the Allen elasticities of substitution, we need to construct the bordered
Hessian matrix. As the first and second derivatives of the Cobb-Douglas function differ between
observations, also the bordered Hessian matrix differs between observations. As a starting point,
we construct the bordered Hessian Matrix just for the first observation:
80
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Based on this bordered Hessian matrix, we can calculate the co-factors Fij :
[1] -0.007090459
[1] -0.0006712377
[1] -0.002875531
Now, we can use equation (2.20) to calculate the Allen elasticities of substitution:
[1] 1
[1] 1
[1] 1
81
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] 1.401657e-15
[1] 4.163336e-17
[1] -6.661338e-16
As all three values are virtually zero (the small deviations from zero are caused by rounding
errors), we can conclude that condition (2.23) is fulfilled for all three inputs.
In order to calculate the Allen elasticities of substitution for all firms, we need to construct the
bordered Hessian matrices for all observations. We can stack the bordered Hessian matrices on
top of each other, which results in a three-dimensional array:
82
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Based on these bordered Hessian matrices, we can calculate the co-factors and the determinants
of the bordered Hessian matrices for each observation:
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
Also the Allen elasticities of substitution are equal to one for all firms and for all input combi-
nations. This is again no surprise and confirms that our calculations have been done correctly,
because the Cobb-Douglas functional form implies that the Allen elasticities of substitution are
always equal to one, irrespective of the input and output quantities and the estimated parameters.
83
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
In order to calculate the Morishima elasticities of substitution, we need to calculate the co-factors
of the diagonal elements of the bordered Hessian matrix for each observation:
We use equation (2.24) to calculate the Morishima elasticities of substitution for all observations
in our data set:
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
[1] 1 1
84
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] 1 1
As with the direct elasticities of substitution and the Allen elasticities of substitution, the Cobb-
Douglas functional form implies that all Morishima elasticities of substitution are always equal
to one, irrespective of the input and output quantities and the estimated parameters.
Using condition 2.23, we can show that all Morishima elasticities of substitution are always
M = 1 ∀ i 6= j), if all Allen elasticities of substitution are one (σ = 1 ∀ i 6= j):
one (σij ij
X X
M
σij = Kj σij − Kj σjj = Kj + Kk σkj = Kk = 1 (2.83)
k6=j k
Hence, the Cobb-Douglas function cannot be used to analyze the substitutability of the inputs,
because it will always return (direct, Allen and Morishima) elasticities of substitution that are
equal to one, even if the true elasticities of substitution are close to zero or close to infinity.
2.4.12 Quasiconcavity
We start by checking whether our estimated Cobb-Douglas production function is quasiconcave
at the first observation:
> bhm
[1] -38.80062
[1] 0.003546768
[1] -6.978853e-07
The first leading principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix is negative, the second principal
minor is positive, and the third principal minor is negative. This means that our estimated
Cobb-Douglas production function is quasiconcave at the first observation.
Now we check quasiconcavity at each observation based on the three-dimensional array that
consists of the stacked bordered Hessian matrices of all observations:
85
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
> dat$quasiConc <- apply( bhmArray[ 1:2, 1:2, ], 3, det ) < 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray[ 1:3, 1:3, ], 3, det ) > 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray, 3, det ) < 0
> table( dat$quasiConc )
TRUE
140
Our estimated Cobb-Douglas production function is quasiconcave at all of the 140 observations.
In fact, all Cobb-Douglas production functions are quasiconcave in inputs if A ≥ 0, α1 ≥ 0,
. . . , αN ≥ 0, while Cobb-Douglas production functions are concave in inputs if A ≥ 0, α1 ≥ 0,
PN
. . . , αN ≥ 0, and the technology has decreasing or constant returns to scale ( i=1 αi ≤ 1).3
The command compPlot (package miscTools) can be used to compare the marginal value products
with the corresponding input prices:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.18. They indicate that the marginal value products
are always nearly equal to or higher than the corresponding input prices. This indicates that
(almost) all firms could increase their profit by using more of all inputs. Given that the estimated
Cobb-Douglas technology exhibits increasing returns to scale, it is not surprising that (almost)
all firms would gain from increasing all input quantities. Therefore, the question arises why the
firms in the sample did not do this. This questions has already been addressed in section 2.3.10.
3
See, e.g., http://econren.weebly.com/uploads/9/0/1/5/9015734/lecture16.pdf or http://web.mit.edu/14.
102/www/ps/ps1sol.pdf.
86
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
● ● ●
● ● ●
30
30
30
● ● ●
● ● ●
MVP Cap
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
20
20
20
● ●
● ● ●
●● ●● ● ●
●● ●● ●
●
●●● ●
●
● ● ●●
● ● ●
●
● ●
●●
●●
●
●●
● ● ●● ●
●
●●●
10
● ●
10
● ●
10
● ●● ●●● ●
●●
●●
● ●● ●●● ●
●
● ● ●●
●●● ●
●● ●●
●●●●
●
●●
● ● ● ● ●
●● ●
●
●●
● ●● ● ● ●●● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
● ●
●
●
●
● ● ●● ●●●●
●●
●
●
●
●●●
●
●●
●
●
●●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●●
●
●
●●
● ●
●●
●●●●
● ●●●●● ●
● ● ●
●
●
●
●●
●
●● ●
●
●
●
●● ●● ●●
●●
●●●●
●
●
●●●●
●
●
●● ●
●●
● ●
●●●●
●●●●
●
● ●
●
●●●
●
●●●●●
● ●
0
0
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30
●
● ● ●
● ●● ●
20
● ● ●●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
●●● ● ●● ●●● ●
●
●
● ● ●
● ● ●●● ● ●●
●● ●
5.0 10.0
● ●
●●
●● ●● ● ●●●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●●●●
●● ●
10
● ● ● ●
5.0
●● ●
● ●●
●●●● ● ●● ●● ●
MVP Cap
●● ●● ●
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
●●
●●● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●
●● ●● ● ●●
●● ●●● ●
●●● ●● ● ●●●●●●●
●● ● ●
●● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●● ●
●
●● ● ● ● ●
●● ●●●
5
●
2.0
●●
●● ●● ●● ● ●
●
●
● ●● ●●
● ●●●●
● ●
●●
● ●●● ● ●
● ●● ●
● ●● ● ●●●● ●●
●●●●●●
●
●
● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●●● ●
●●●●● ● ●● ● ●● ●
●● ● ●
●●
● ● ● ●●●●●●● ● ● ●
●
●
2.0
● ●
● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●●● ●
●● ●● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ●●
●
● ●● ● ●
● ●●● ● ●● ● ● ●●
●● ● ●● ● ● ●
2
● ●●●●● ● ● ● ●●● ●● ●●
0.5
● ●
● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
1.0
●
●
● ● ● ● ●
●●● ●● ● ●●
● ●●
●● ●
● ● ● ●●
1
0.2
● ● ● ●
0.5
●
●
0.2 0.5 2.0 5.0 20.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 20.0 1 2 5 10 20
87
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
● ●
6
0.8
0.4
5
● ●
0.6
− MRTS Lab Cap
0.3
● ●
4
● ●
● ● ●
● ●● ● ●
● ●
0.4
●
3
● ● ● ●
● ●
0.2
● ● ● ● ●● ●●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
2
●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ●●
●● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●
● ●● ●●
0.2
● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
●●● ●
● ● ●● ●
● ●
●● ●
● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●
●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
0.1
● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●●●●●● ●
●●
● ●
●●●●●● ● ●●
1
●●● ● ● ●
● ●●●
● ●●
●●●●
●●
●●
● ●● ● ●●●●●
●
●●
●● ●● ●●● ● ●●
● ●● ●
●●●●●
● ● ●●
● ● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●●
●●●●● ●
●●
●●●●
●
●
●●●
● ●●● ●
● ● ●●●
●
●●
●
●
●
●●
●●●●
●●●●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●● ●
● ● ● ●● ●●●●● ●
●●●
● ●
●●
● ● ●
● ● ●
●●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●
●
●●●
●●● ● ●
●
● ●●
● ●●●
●
●
●
●
●●●●
●
●
●
●●●●
●
●● ●●
● ● ● ●●●
●●● ●● ●●●
● ●
0.0
● ●
0
● ●
0.50
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ●
●
0.20
●
2.0
● ● ●
− MRTS Lab Cap
● ●
− MRTS Mat Lab
● ●
●
●● ● ●● ● ● ● ●● ●●
● ●
0.05 0.10 0.20
●● ●
● ●●
● ● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●●
● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ●●
● ● ●●● ● ●
●● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●
● ● ●●
1.0
● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●
● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ●
● ● ● ●●●● ● ●
● ●
●●● ● ● ●●● ●● ●● ●
● ● ●●● ● ●●●
● ● ●●
0.10
●● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●
● ●●●●● ●● ● ●●
●● ●● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
●●●● ●●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ●
●●●●
● ●● ●● ● ● ●●
●● ● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ● ● ●● ●●● ●
●
● ● ●● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●
0.5
●● ● ●● ●● ● ●
● ● ●●
● ● ●
● ●●●● ● ●●●● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●● ● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ●●
● ●● ● ●● ● ●●
● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●
0.05
● ●● ●● ●
● ●
● ●●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ●●● ●
0.2
●
● ●
0.02
●● ●
●
●
0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.02 0.05 0.20 0.50 0.05 0.10 0.20
88
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
40
50
80
30
40
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
20
40
20
10
20
10
0
0
−4 −2 0 2 4 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0.0 0.2 −0.3 −0.2 −0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2
20
40
40
15
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
10
20
20
10
5
10
0
−2.0 −1.0 0.0 1.0 −2.5 −1.5 −0.5 0.5 −1.5 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.20. The left graphs in figures 2.19 and 2.20 show
that the ratio between the capital price and the labor price is larger than the absolute value of
the marginal rate of technical substitution between labor and capital for the most firms in the
sample:
wcap M Pcap
> −M RT Slab,cap = (2.84)
wlab M Plab
Hence, most firms can get closer to the minimum of their production costs by substituting labor
for capital, because this will decrease the marginal product of labor and increase the marginal
product of capital so that the absolute value of the MRTS between labor and capital increases
and gets closer to the corresponding input price ratio. Similarly, the graphs in the middle column
indicate that most firms should substitute materials for capital and the graphs on the right
indicate that the majority of the firms should substitute materials for labor. Hence, the majority
89
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
of the firms could reduce production costs particularly by using less capital and more materials4
but there might be (legal) regulations that restrict the use of materials (e.g. fertilizers, pesticides).
For our three-input Cobb-Douglas production function, we get following conditional input demand
functions
1
!αlab +αmat αlab αmat αcap +αlab +αmat
y αcap wlab wmat
xcap (w, y) = (2.88)
A wcap αlab αmat
!αcap 1
αcap +αmat αmat ! αcap +αlab +αmat
y wcap αlab wmat
xlab (w, y) = (2.89)
A αcap wlab αmat
4
This generally confirms the results of the linear production function for the relationships between capital and
labor and the relationship between capital and materials. However, in contrast to the linear production function,
the results obtained by the Cobb-Douglas functional form indicate that most firms should substitute materials
for labor (rather than the other way round).
90
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
!αcap 1
αlab αcap +αlab ! αcap +αlab +αmat
y wcap wlab αmat
xmat (w, y) = (2.90)
A αcap αlab wmat
We can use these formulas to calculate the cost-minimizing input quantities based on the observed
input prices (w) and the predicted output quantities (f (x)). Alternatively, we could calculate
the cost-minimizing input quantities based on the observed input prices (w) and the observed
output quantities (y). However, in the latter case, the predicted output quantities based on the
cost-minimizing input quantities would differ from the predicted output quantities based on the
observed input quantities (i.e. y = f (x(w, y)) 6= f (x)) so that a comparison of the cost-minimizing
input quantities (x(w, y)) with the observed input quantities (x) would be less useful. As the
coefficients of the Cobb-Douglas function repeatedly occur in the formulas for calculating the
cost-minimizing input quantities, it is convenient to define short-cuts for them:
Before we continue, we will check whether it is indeed possible to produce the predicted output
with the calculated cost-minimizing input quantities:
[1] TRUE
Given that the output quantities predicted from the cost-minimizing input quantities are all equal
to the output quantities predicted from the observed input quantities, we can be pretty sure that
91
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
our calculations are correct. Now, we can use scatter plots to compare the cost-minimizing input
quantities with the observed input quantities:
●
●
●
●
1000000 ●
100000
4e+05
●
●
● ●
●
●
qCap
qLab
qMat
●
600000
● ● ●
●
60000
●● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●●
2e+05
● ●
● ● ●
●●● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ● ●● ● ●●● ● ●
● ●● ●
●● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●
●
●
●●●● ● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ●●●●● ●
● ● ●●● ●●
200000
●●●●●
●
● ● ● ●●●● ●●●
●●●●● ● ●●●●
20000
● ● ● ●
●
●
●●●
●
●
●●●
●● ●
●
●
●●●
● ●
● ● ●
●
● ●●●●
●
●
●●
●
●● ●●
● ●
● ● ●● ●
●●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●●●
● ●
●●●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●●
●●●
●●
●
●
●●●●●●●
●
●
●●
●●●● ● ●● ●●
●●● ●●●
●
●● ●●
●●
●
●
●●●
●
●●●
●●● ●● ● ●
●●●
0e+00
●
●
●● ● ●● ●
●
●
●●
●
●
● ● ●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●
●
●● ● ●
●●
●●●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●
●
●●●
● ●
●●● ● ●●●●
● ●●●
0e+00 2e+05 4e+05 6e+05 200000 600000 1000000 20000 60000 100000
● ● ●
●
● ●
● ●
●
●
●●● ● ● ●
●
●● ● ● ● ●
●
●● ● ● ●●
5e+05
●
5e+04
● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●● ●● ●
● ● ●
1e+05
●●● ●
●● ●●
●● ●●●●●
●●
● ● ● ● ●●●
●
● ●●● ● ●
● ● ●●● ● ●●
●● ●●
● ●●●●● ● ●
● ●● ●
●●●● ● ●● ●
● ●●●● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ● ● ●●●● ●
qCap
●
●● ●●●●●●●● ● ●
qLab
qMat
●●
●●● ●●●●● ● ● ●
● ●●
●● ● ● ●●●
●●
● ●●●●
● ● ● ● ●
●● ● ●● ● ●● ●
●●
2e+05
●● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
2e+04
●● ● ●●
● ●●
●● ● ●● ● ●
●
●
●●●●
● ●●●●● ●
●
● ●● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ●●●●●
●●●
●
●
●●●
● ●● ●● ●
●● ● ●
●
2e+04
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ●●● ● ● ●●●● ●● ●●● ●
●●● ● ●● ●●
● ● ●●●●● ● ●
● ●●● ●
●● ●●●● ● ●●
● ●● ●● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●
●
● ●● ● ● ●●●●● ●●● ●● ●
●
●
● ● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●
●●
● ● ● ● ●
●● ●● ● ● ●●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ●●● ●
5e+03
●
5e+04
5e+03
● ●●●
5e+03 2e+04 1e+05 5e+05 5e+04 2e+05 5e+05 5e+03 2e+04 5e+04
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.21. As we already found out in section 2.4.14, many
firms could reduce their costs by substituting materials for capital.
We can also evaluate the potential for cost reductions by comparing the observed costs with
the costs when using the cost-minimizing input quantities:
92
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] 0.9308039
Our model predicts that the firms could reduce their costs on average by 7% by using cost-
minimizing input quantities. The variation of the firms’ cost reduction potentials are shown by
a histogram:
25
Frequency
15
0 5
costProdCD / cost
The resulting graph is shown in figure 2.22. While many firms have a rather small potential for
reducing costs by reallocating input quantities, there are some firms that could save up to 25%
of their total costs by using the optimal combination of input quantities.
We can also compare the observed input quantities with the cost-minimizing input quantities
and the observed costs with the minimum costs for each single observation (e.g. when consulting
individual firms in the sample):
> round( subset( dat, , c("qCap", "qCapCD", "qLab", "qLabCD", "qMat", "qMatCD",
+ "cost", "costProdCD") ) )[1:5,]
93
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
quantity. In case of two inputs, we can calculate the demand elasticities of the first input by:
1
y α 1 w2 α2 α
x1 (w, y) = (2.91)
A α 2 w1
∂x1 (w, y) w1
11 (w, y) = (2.92)
∂w1 x1 (w, y)
α2 1 −1 α2 −1
1 y α 1 w2 y α 1 w2 α 1 w2 w1
α
= α2 − (2.93)
α A α 2 w1 A α 2 w1 α2 w12 x1
α2 1 −1 α2 −1
1 y α 1 w2 y α1 w2 α 1 w2 α 2
α
=− (2.94)
α A α 2 w1 A α2 w1 α 2 w1 x 1
α2 1 −1 α2
1 y α 1 w2 y α1 w2 α2
α
=− (2.95)
α A α 2 w1 A α2 w1 x1
1
1 y α 1 w2 α2 α α 2
=− (2.96)
α A α 2 w1 x1
1 α2 α2 α1 − α α1
= − x1 =− = = −1 (2.97)
α x1 α α α
∂x1 (w, y) w2
12 (w, y) = (2.98)
∂w2 x1 (w, y)
α2 1 −1 α2 −1
1 y α 1 w2 y α 1 w2 α 1 1 w2
α
= α2 (2.99)
α A α 2 w1 A α 2 w1 α 2 w1 x 1
α2 1 −1 α2 −1
1 y α 1 w2 y α 1 w2 α 1 w2 α 2
α
= (2.100)
α A α 2 w1 A α 2 w1 α 2 w1 x 1
α2 1 −1 α2
1 y α 1 w2 y α 1 w2 α2
α
= (2.101)
α A α 2 w1 A α 2 w1 x1
1
1 y α 1 w2 α2 α2
α
= (2.102)
α A α 2 w1 x1
1 α2 α2
= x1 = (2.103)
α x1 α
∂x1 (w, y) y
1y (w, y) = (2.104)
∂y x1 (w, y)
α2 1 −1 α2
1 y α 1 w2 1 α 1 w2 y
α
= (2.105)
α A α 2 w1 A α 2 w1 x1
α2 1 −1 α2
1 y α 1 w2 y α 1 w2 1
α
= (2.106)
α A α 2 w1 A α 2 w1 x1
α2 1
1 y α 1 w2 1
α
= (2.107)
α A α 2 w1 x1
1 1 1
= x1 = (2.108)
α x1 α
94
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
∂x2 (w, y) w2 α1 α2 − α α2
22 (w, y) = =− = = −1 (2.110)
∂w2 x2 (w, y) α α α
∂x2 (w, y) w1 α1
21 (w, y) = = (2.111)
∂w1 x2 (w, y) α
∂x2 (w, y) y 1
2y (w, y) = = . (2.112)
∂y x2 (w, y) α
One can similarly derive the input demand elasticities for the general case of N inputs:
∂xi (w, y) wj αj
ij (w, y) = = − δij (2.113)
∂wj xi (w, y) α
∂xi (w, y) y 1
iy (w, y) = = , (2.114)
∂y xi (w, y) α
where δij is (again) Kronecker’s delta (2.82). We have calculated all these elasticities based on the
estimated coefficients of the Cobb-Douglas production function; these elasticities are presented in
table 2.1. If the price of capital increases by one percent, the cost-minimizing firm will decrease
the use of capital by 0.89% and increase the use of labor and materials by 0.11% each. If the
price of labor increases by one percent, the cost-minimizing firm will decrease the use of labor
by 0.54% and increase the use of capital and materials by 0.46% each. If the price of materials
increases by one percent, the cost-minimizing firm will decrease the use of materials by 0.57%
and increase the use of capital and labor by 0.43% each. If the cost-minimizing firm increases
the output quantity by one percent, (s)he will increase all input quantities by 0.68%.
Table 2.1: Conditional demand elasticities derived from Cobb-Douglas production function
wcap wlab wmat y
xcap -0.89 0.46 0.43 0.68
xlab 0.11 -0.54 0.43 0.68
xmat 0.11 0.46 -0.57 0.68
where the restriction βij = βji is required to identify all coefficients, because xi xj and xj xi are
the same regressors. Based on this general form, we can derive the specification of a quadratic
95
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
1 1 1
y = β0 +β1 x1 +β2 x2 +β3 x3 + β11 x21 + β22 x22 + β33 x23 +β12 x1 x2 +β13 x1 x3 +β23 x2 x3 (2.116)
2 2 2
2.5.2 Estimation
We can estimate this quadratic production function with the command
Call:
lm(formula = qOut ~ qCap + qLab + qMat + I(0.5 * qCap^2) + I(0.5 *
qLab^2) + I(0.5 * qMat^2) + I(qCap * qLab) + I(qCap * qMat) +
I(qLab * qMat), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-3928802 -695518 -186123 545509 4474143
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -2.911e+05 3.615e+05 -0.805 0.422072
qCap 5.270e+00 4.403e+00 1.197 0.233532
qLab 6.077e+00 3.185e+00 1.908 0.058581 .
qMat 1.430e+01 2.406e+01 0.595 0.553168
I(0.5 * qCap^2) 5.032e-05 3.699e-05 1.360 0.176039
I(0.5 * qLab^2) -3.084e-05 2.081e-05 -1.482 0.140671
I(0.5 * qMat^2) -1.896e-03 8.951e-04 -2.118 0.036106 *
I(qCap * qLab) -3.097e-05 1.498e-05 -2.067 0.040763 *
I(qCap * qMat) -4.160e-05 1.474e-04 -0.282 0.778206
I(qLab * qMat) 4.011e-04 1.112e-04 3.608 0.000439 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
96
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Although many of the estimated coefficients are statistically not significantly different from zero,
the statistical significance of some quadratic and interaction terms indicates that the linear pro-
duction function, which neither has quadratic terms not interaction terms, is not suitable to model
the true production technology. As the linear production function is “nested” in the quadratic
production function, we can apply a “Wald test” or a likelihood ratio test to check whether the
linear production function is rejected in favor of the quadratic production function. These tests
can be done by the functions waldtest and lrtest (package lmtest):
Wald test
These tests show that the linear production function is clearly inferior to the quadratic production
function and hence, should not be used for analyzing the production technology of the firms in
this data set.
97
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
2.5.3 Properties
We cannot see from the estimated coefficients whether the monotonicity condition is fulfilled.
Unless all coefficients are non-negative (but not necessarily the intercept), quadratic production
functions cannot be globally monotone, because there will always be a set of input quantities
that result in negative marginal products. We will check the monotonicity condition at each
observation in section 2.5.5.
Our estimated quadratic production function does not fulfill the weak essentiality assumption,
because the intercept is different from zero (but its deviation from zero is not statistically signif-
icant). The production technology described by a quadratic production function with more than
one (relevant) input never shows strict essentiality.
The input requirement sets derived from quadratic production functions are always closed and
non-empty.
The quadratic production function always returns finite, real, and single values but the non-
negativity assumption is only fulfilled, if all coefficients (including the intercept), are non-negative.
All quadratic production functions are continuous and twice-continuously differentiable.
We can evaluate the “fit” of the model by comparing the observed with the fitted output
quantities:
●●
● ●
2.0e+07
1e+07
●
● ●●●
●
●● ●●
● ●●
● ●●
● ● ● ● ●●
●
● ● ●●● ●
5e+05 2e+06
● ● ●● ●
● ● ●
●●●
● ●● ●● ●●●
●●
● ● ●●●● ●● ●●
fitted
fitted
●●
●
●● ●●● ●●
1.0e+07
● ●
● ● ●●●● ● ●
●●●● ●●
●● ● ●● ●●●● ● ●
●
●
●
●
●●● ●
● ●●● ●
● ●● ● ●●●
● ● ●● ● ● ●● ●
●● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●
●
●●●● ●
●●●● ● ●●
●● ●●●● ●
●
●
● ●
● ●●●
0.0e+00
●●●
●
●●● ●
1e+05
●
●●
●
●●●● ●●
●●
●●●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●●●
●●●●
●●●●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●
●●
●
observed observed
98
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.23. While the graph in the left panel uses a linear
scale for the axes, the graph in the right panel uses a logarithmic scale for both axes. Hence, the
deviations from the 45°-line illustrate the absolute deviations in the left panel and the relative
deviations in the right panel. The fit of the model looks okay in the scatter plot on the left-hand
side, but if we use a logarithmic scale on both axes (as in the graph on the right-hand side), we
can see that the output quantity is over-estimated if the the observed output quantity is small.
As negative output quantities would render the corresponding output elasticities useless, we
have carefully check the sign of the predicted output quantities:
TRUE
140
We can simplify the code for computing the marginal products and some other figures by using
short names for the coefficients:
Now, we can use the following commands to calculate the marginal products in R”:
99
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
We can visualize (the variation of) these marginal products with histograms:
40
30
30
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
20
20
20
10
10
10
0
0
−20 −10 0 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 −50 0 50 100 200
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.24. If the firms increase capital input by one unit,
the output of most firms will increase by around 2 units. If the firms increase labor input by
one unit, the output of most firms will increase by around 5 units. If the firms increase material
input by one unit, the output of most firms will increase by around 50 units. These graphs also
show that the monotonicity condition is not fulfilled for all observations:
FALSE TRUE
28 112
FALSE TRUE
5 135
FALSE TRUE
8 132
> dat$monoQuad <- with( dat, mpCapQuad >= 0 & mpLabQuad >= 0 & mpMatQuad >= 0 )
> table( dat$monoQuad )
FALSE TRUE
39 101
100
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
28 firms have a negative marginal product of capital, 5 firms have a negative marginal product
of labor, and 8 firms have a negative marginal product of materials. In total the monotonicity
condition is not fulfilled at 39 out of 140 observations. Although the monotonicity conditions are
still fulfilled for the largest part of firms in our data set, these frequent violations could indicate
a possible model misspecification.
We can visualize (the variation of) these output elasticities with histograms:
50
40
30
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
20
30
20
20
10
10
10
0
−0.4 0.0 0.4 0.8 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 −1.5 −0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.25. If the firms increase capital input by one percent,
the output of most firms will increase by around 0.05 percent. If the firms increase labor input
by one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 0.7 percent. If the firms increase
material input by one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 0.5 percent.
101
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
12
25
Frequency
Frequency
0 2 4 6 8
15
0 5
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.26. Only a very few firms (4 out of 140) experience
decreasing returns to scale. If we only consider the observations where all monotonicity conditions
are fulfilled, our results suggest that all firms have increasing returns to scale. Most firms have an
elasticity of scale around 1.3. Hence, if these firms increase all input quantities by one percent,
the output of most firms will increase by around 1.3 percent. These elasticities of scale are much
more realistic than the elasticities of scale based on the linear production function.
Information on the optimal firm size can be obtained by analyzing the interrelationship between
firm size and the elasticity of scale, where we can either use the observed output or the quantity
index of the inputs as proxies of the firm size:
> plot( dat$qOut, dat$eScaleQuad, log = "x" )
> abline( 1, 0 )
> plot( dat$X, dat$eScaleQuad, log = "x" )
> abline( 1, 0 )
> plot( dat$qOut[ dat$monoQuad ], dat$eScaleQuad[ dat$monoQuad ], log = "x" )
> plot( dat$X[ dat$monoQuad ], dat$eScaleQuad[ dat$monoQuad ], log = "x" )
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.27. They all indicate that there are increasing returns
to scale for all firm sizes in the sample. Hence, all firms in the sample would gain from increasing
their size and the optimal firm size seems to be larger than the largest firm in the sample.
102
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
● ●
eScaleQuad
● ●● ● ● ●●●● ●
● ●●● ●●●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●
●●●●●● ● ● ●
● ● ●
●● ● ●
●●● ●● ● ●
● ●● ●●● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●●
● ●● ● ●●
●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●●●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●
● ●● ● ●● ●●●●● ●●● ● ●● ●
●●● ● ● ● ● ●
●●● ● ●●● ●
● ● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●
●
●● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
●● ● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●● ● ●
● ●
● ●
1.7
● ●
eScaleQuad[ monoQuad ]
eScaleQuad[ monoQuad ]
● ●
● ● ●
● ●●
1.5
1.5
● ● ●● ● ●
●●● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ●●
●
● ●● ● ● ●● ●● ●
●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●
●● ●
●● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●●
1.3
1.3
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
●● ●● ●●● ●●●● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ●
●●
●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●
●
●
● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●
●
●●● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
1.1
1.1
● ●● ● ●●
Figure 2.27: Quadratic production function: elasticities of scale at different firm sizes
As the marginal rates of technical substitution (MRTS) are meaningless if the monotonicity
condition is not fulfilled, we visualize (the variation of) these MRTSs only for the observations,
where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled:
103
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
50
80
40
40
60
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
40
20
20
20
10
10
0
0
−60 −40 −20 0 −15 −10 −5 0 −1000 −600 −200 0
15
30
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
10
20
40
10
5
20
0
0
−6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 −60 −40 −20 0 −3 −2 −1 0
Figure 2.28: Quadratic production function: marginal rates of technical substitution (RMRTS)
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.28. As some outliers hide the variation of the majority
of the RMRTS, we use function colMedians (package miscTools) to show the median values of
the MRTS:
> colMedians( subset( dat, monoQuad,
+ c( "mrtsCapLabQuad", "mrtsLabCapQuad", "mrtsCapMatQuad",
+ "mrtsMatCapQuad", "mrtsLabMatQuad", "mrtsMatLabQuad" ) ) )
Given that the median marginal rate of technical substitution between capital and labor is -2.24,
a typical firm that reduces the use of labor by one unit, has to use around 2.24 additional units
of capital in order to produce the same amount of output as before. Alternatively, the typical
firm can replace one unit of labor by using 0.13 additional units of materials.
104
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
As the (relative) marginal rates of technical substitution are meaningless if the monotonicity
condition is not fulfilled, we visualize (the variation of) these RMRTSs only for the observations,
where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled:
80
60
60
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
40
40
20
20
20
0
−800 −600 −400 −200 0 −20 −15 −10 −5 0 −700 −500 −300 −100
30
80
25
15
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
20
10
15
40
10
5
20
5
0
Figure 2.29: Quadratic production function: relative marginal rates of technical substitution
(RMRTS)
105
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.29. As some outliers hide the variation of the majority
of the RMRTS, we use function colMedians (package miscTools) to show the median values of
the RMRTS:
Given that the median relative marginal rate of technical substitution between capital and labor
is -5.57, a typical firm that reduces the use of labor by one percent, has to use around 5.57 percent
more capital in order to produce the same amount of output as before. Alternatively, the typical
firm can replace one percent of labor by using 1.29 percent more materials.
2.5.10 Quasiconcavity
In order to check whether the estimated quadratic production function is quasiconcave, we need to
construct the bordered Hessian matrix. As the first derivatives of the quadratic production func-
tion differ between observations, also the bordered Hessian matrix differs between observations.
As a starting point, we construct the bordered Hessian matrix just for the first observation:
106
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Based on this bordered Hessian matrix, we can check whether the estimated quadratic produc-
tion function is quasiconcave at the first observation:
[1] -9.414493
[1] -0.0003988879
[1] 3.541548e-05
Quasiconcavity requires that the first determinant calculated above (i.e. the determinant of the
upper-left 2 × 2 submatrix) is negative and the following determinants alternate in sign. As this
condition is not fulfilled for the second and third determinant, we can conclude that the estimated
quadratic production function is not quasiconcave at the first observation.
Now, we check whether our estimated quadratic production function is quasiconcave at each
observation by stacking the bordered Hessian matrices of all observation on top of each other,
which results in a three-dimensional array:
FALSE
140
Our estimated quadratic production function is quasiconcave at none of the 140 observations,
which implies that the isoquants are convex not at a single observation.
We can check whether the (partial) isoquants are convex if we hold one input fixed and only
vary the other two inputs:
107
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
FALSE TRUE
121 19
FALSE TRUE
114 26
TRUE
140
While the isoquants between labor and materials holding capital constant are convex at all
140 observations, the isoquants between capital and labor holding materials constant and between
capital and materials holding labor constant are non-convex at most of the observations.
The non-convex isoquants between capital and the other two inputs at many observations are
partly caused by a positive second derivative of the estimated quadratic production function with
respect to capital (coefficient βcap,cap > 0), which indicates increasing returns to capital.
108
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
As the elasticities of substitution measure changes in the marginal rates of technical substitution
(MRTS) and the MRTS are meaningless if the monotonicity conditions are not fulfilled, also the
elasticities of substitution are meaningless if the monotonicity conditions are not fulfilled. Hence,
we visualize (the variation of) the direct elasticities of substitution only for the observations,
where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled:
10 12 14
60
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
8
40
20
6
4
20
10
2
0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.30. The estimated direct elasticities of substitution
between capital and labor are almost always negative, the estimated direct elasticities of substi-
tution between capital and materials are partly negative and partly positive, and the estimated
direct elasticities of substitution between labor and materials are always positive. As the di-
rect elasticities of substitution assume that only the quantities of the two considered inputs are
varied, it is expected that all direct elasticities of substitution are non-negative. However, the
estimated quadratic production function is not quasiconcave, which implies that the isoquants
are not convex. In case of non-convex isoquants, the elasticities of substitution do not indicate
substitutability between inputs.
109
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
As only the (partial) isoquants between labor and materials holding capital constant are convex
at all observations (see section 2.5.10) and the direct elasticities of substitution between labor and
materials also assume that capital is held constant, we focus on these elasticities of substitution.
For all firms in our sample, the estimated values of the direct elasticities of substitution between
labor and materials lie between the value implied by the Leontief production function (σ = 0) and
the value implied by the Cobb-Douglas production function (σ = 1). Hence, the substitutability
between labor and materials seems to be between very low and moderate. In fact, the direct
elasticity of substitution between labor and materials is for most of the firms around 0.4. Hence,
if the firms keep the capital quantity and the output quantity unchanged and substitute labor
for materials (or vice versa) so that the ratio between the labor quantity and the quantity of
materials increases (decreases) by around 0.4 percent, the MRTS between labor and materials
increases (decreases) by one percent. If the ratio between the materials price and the labor price
increases by one percent, firms that keep the capital input and output quantity unchanged and
minimize their costs will substitute labor for materials so that ratio between the labor quantity
and the quantity of materials increases by around 0.4 percent. Hence, the relative change of the
ratio of the input quantities is considerably smaller than the relative change of the ratio of the
input prices, which indicates a low substitutability between labor and materials.
In the following, we calculate the Allen elasticities of substitution.5 In order to check whether
our calculations are correct, we can use equation (2.23) to derive the following conditions:
X
xi M Pi σij = 0 ∀ j (2.119)
i
In order to check this condition, we need to calculate not only (normal) elasticities of substitution
(σij ; i 6= j) but also economically not meaningful “elasticities of self-substitution” (σii ):
110
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The extremely small deviations from zero are most likely caused by rounding errors that are
unavoidable on digital computers. This test does not prove that all our calculations are done
correctly but if we had made a mistake, we would have discovered it with a very high probability.
Hence, we can be rather sure that our calculations are correct.
As for the direct elasticities of substitution, we visualize (the variation of) the Allen elasticities
of substitution only for the observations, where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled:
> hist( dat$esaCapLabQuad[ dat$monoQuad ], 30 )
> hist( dat$esaCapMatQuad[ dat$monoQuad ], 30 )
> hist( dat$esaLabMatQuad[ dat$monoQuad ], 30 )
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.31. As the Allen elasticities of substitution allow the
other inputs to adjust, a meaningful interpretation requires that not only the partial isoquants of
the two considered inputs are convex but that the production is quasiconcave. As the estimated
quadratic production is not quasiconcave at any observation, we do not interpret the obtained
Allen elasticities of substitution.
111
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
20
25
50
20
40
15
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
15
30
10
10
20
5
10
5
0
0
−8 −6 −4 −2 0 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
In the following, we use scatter plots to compare the estimated direct elasticities of substitution
with the estimated Allen elasticities of substitution:
●
1
2.5
●
0
2.0
● ● ●
esaCapLabQuad
esaCapMatQuad
esaLabMatQuad
●●●●
●●●● ● ●
●
●●
●●●●●● ●●● ● ● ●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
● ● ● ●●● ●
●
0
● ●●●●●●● ●
●
● ● ● ●● ●
●●●●
●●
●●● ●● ●●
●
●● ● ●
● ● ●● ●
●● ●
● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●●●●● ● ●
−1
● ● ●●●●●●●●●●●● ●●●
● ●● ●● ●● ● ●
1.5
●●● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ●
●● ●
● ● ● ● ●
−2
●●
1.0
● ●
●●
−5
● ●● ● ●● ●
● ●
●●
● ●● ●●
●
●
● ● ●●●●●
−3
0.5
● ●● ●
● ●
● ● ●●●●
●
●●
●
●●●
●
●
● ●●● ●●●●
●●
●
● ●●
●
●●
●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
−10
0.0
−4
Figure 2.32: Quadratic production function: Comparison of direct and Allen elasticities of
substitution
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.32. We focus on the elasticities of substitution between
labor and materials, because the elasticities of substitution between capital and labor and the
elasticities of substitution between capital and material cannot be meaningful interpreted (see
section 2.5.11.1). In contrast to the direct elasticities of substitution, the Allen elasticities of
substitution allow the other inputs to adjust. Therefore, it is not surprising that the Allen
112
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
elasticities of substitution between labor and materials are about the same or a little larger
than the direct elasticities of substitution between labor and materials. However, even the Allen
elasticities of substitution between labor and materials indicate a low substitutability between
labor and materials (see also section 2.5.11.1).
The command compPlot (package miscTools) can be used to compare the marginal value products
with the corresponding input prices. As the logarithm of a non-positive number is not defined,
we have to limit the comparisons on the logarithmic scale to observations with positive marginal
products:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.33. They indicate that the marginal value products of
most firms are higher than the corresponding input prices. This indicates that most firms could
increase their profit by using more of all inputs. Given that the estimated quadratic function
shows that (almost) all firms operate under increasing returns to scale, it is not surprising that
most firms would gain from increasing all input quantities. Therefore, the question arises why the
firms in the sample did not do this. This questions has already been addressed in section 2.3.10.
113
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
● ● ●
40
●
500
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
0
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
400
●
●●
●
●
●
30
●
●
● ● ●
MVP Cap
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
●
300
● ●
−20
● ●
● ●
●
20
●
● ● ●
200
●
● ●
●● ●
● ●
●● ●●
●
−40
●
●
●● ●
●
10
● ●
100
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●● ●
●●
●
●● ●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●●
●
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
−60
●
●
0
●
● ●
●
●
0
● ●
● ●
●
100
● ●●●
● ●● ●
●●●
● ● ●
●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ●
5.0
● ●
● ● ●● ●
50
●●
●● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ●● ●
● ●●
5.0 10.0
● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ●●
●●●● ●●
●●● ●●●● ●
●●● ●
● ●● ●●● ● ●●●●● ● ●
● ●●● ●●●● ●●
2.0
● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
●●
●● ●●● ●● ●●● ●● ● ● ●
MVP Cap
●●● ●
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
● ● ● ● ●● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●●● ●
● ● ●●● ●
●
●●●●
●● ●●
●● ●●●●●●● ●● ● ●
●● ●● ● ●
20
●●
● ●● ●● ●●
●
●● ●● ● ●● ● ●● ● ●●
● ● ● ●
●●●● ●●
●
●●●●●●●●
●
● ● ●
● ●●
● ● ●
● ●● ●
0.5
● ● ● ●
10
● ● ●● ●
2.0
●● ● ●●
●● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●●● ●
1.0
●
●
0.1
●
●
0.5
● ● ●
0.1 0.5 2.0 5.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 20.0 5 10 20 50 100
114
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
● ● ●
15
3
5
− MRTS Lab Cap
2
●
3
●
2
5
●
●
1
●
● ●●
● ●
●●
1
●● ● ●●
●●
●
● ● ●
●
● ●
●●
●●●●
● ●●
● ●
● ● ●
●●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●●● ●●● ●
●
●●
●●●●
●●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●●●
● ●● ●
●
●
●●
●●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●
●
●●
●●●●
●● ●● ● ●
●
●●
●
●●
●●
●●
●
●
●●●
●●
●●
● ●
●
●●
●●
●
●
0
0
0
0 5 10 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3
●
2.00
●
●
●
1.000
●
● ● ● ●
●
● ●
2.00
● ●
● ●
− MRTS Lab Cap
● ●
− MRTS Mat Lab
●● ●
●● ●● ●
0.20 0.50
● ●
●● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●
●●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●
●●
● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ●
0.100
●●● ● ● ●
● ●
●
●●●● ● ●●● ●●
0.50
●●●●● ● ●
●
●●●●●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ●●● ● ●
● ● ● ●
●●● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●● ● ● ●●● ●
●●
● ●
●● ● ● ●● ●● ●
●●●●
●● ●● ●
● ●●●●●●●●● ●●
●● ●● ●●● ●● ●●
●● ●
● ●●
● ● ● ●●●● ●
● ● ● ●●●●●
● ●
●●
● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ● ●●●● ● ● ●● ●●
0.010
● ●● ●● ● ●●
0.10
●● ● ●● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ●
0.02 0.05
● ●● ● ● ●●
●● ●●
● ● ●● ●
●●●
● ●●●
● ●
0.02
0.001
●
● ● ●
0.02 0.10 0.50 2.00 10.00 0.001 0.010 0.100 1.000 0.02 0.10 0.50 2.00
115
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
60
60
60
50
50
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
40
30
30
20
20
20
10
10
0
0
−5 0 5 10 15 0 2 4 6 0 1 2 3 4
25
40
25
20
30
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
15
15
20
10
10
10
5
5
0
−6 −4 −2 0 2 4 −6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.35. The left graphs in figures 2.34 and 2.35 show that
the ratio between the capital price and the labor price is larger than the absolute value of the
marginal rate of technical substitution between labor and capital for a majority of the firms in
the sample:
wcap M Pcap
> −M RT Slab,cap = (2.120)
wlab M Plab
Hence, these firms can get closer to the minimum of their production costs by substituting labor
for capital, because this will decrease the marginal product of labor and increase the marginal
product of capital so that the absolute value of the MRTS between labor and capital increases
and gets closer to the corresponding input price ratio. Similarly, the graphs in the middle column
indicate that a majority of the firms should substitute materials for capital and the graphs on
116
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
the right indicate that a little more than half of the firms should substitute materials for labor.
Hence, the majority of the firms could reduce production costs particularly by using less capital
and using more labor or more materials. 6
2.6.2 Estimation
We can estimate this Translog production function with the command
> prodTL <- lm( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat )
+ + I( 0.5 * log( qCap )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( qLab )^2 )
+ + I( 0.5 * log( qMat )^2 ) + I( log( qCap ) * log( qLab ) )
+ + I( log( qCap ) * log( qMat ) ) + I( log( qLab ) * log( qMat ) ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( prodTL )
Call:
lm(formula = log(qOut) ~ log(qCap) + log(qLab) + log(qMat) +
I(0.5 * log(qCap)^2) + I(0.5 * log(qLab)^2) + I(0.5 * log(qMat)^2) +
I(log(qCap) * log(qLab)) + I(log(qCap) * log(qMat)) + I(log(qLab) *
log(qMat)), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.68015 -0.36688 0.05389 0.44125 1.26560
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
6
This generally confirms the results of the Cobb-Douglas production function.
117
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
None of the estimated coefficients is statistically significantly different from zero at the 5% sig-
nificance level and only three coefficients are statistically significant at the 10% level. As the
Cobb-Douglas production function is “nested” in the Translog production function, we can apply
a “Wald test” or “likelihood ratio test” to check whether the Cobb-Douglas production function is
rejected in favor of the Translog production function. This can be done by the functions waldtest
and lrtest (package lmtest):
Wald test
118
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
At the 5% significance level, the Cobb-Douglas production function is accepted by the Wald test
but rejected in favor of the Translog production function by the likelihood ratio test. In order
to reduce the chance of using a too restrictive functional form, we proceed with the Translog
production function.
2.6.3 Properties
We cannot see from the estimated coefficients whether the monotonicity condition is fulfilled. The
Translog production function cannot be globally monotone, because there will be always a set of
input quantities that result in negative marginal products.7 The Translog function would only be
globally monotone, if all first-order coefficients are positive and all second-order coefficients are
zero, which is equivalent to a Cobb-Douglas function. We will check the monotonicity condition
at each observation in section 2.6.5.
All Translog production functions fulfill the weak and the strong essentiality assumption, be-
cause as soon as a single input quantity approaches zero, the right-hand side of equation (2.121)
approaches minus infinity (if monotonicity is fulfilled), and thus, the output quantity y = exp(ln y)
approaches zero. Hence, if a data set includes observations with a positive output quantity but
at least one input quantity that is zero, strict essentiality cannot be fulfilled in the underlying
true production technology so that the Translog production function is not a suitable functional
form for analyzing this data set.
The input requirement sets derived from Translog production functions are always closed and
non-empty. The Translog production function always returns finite, real, non-negative, and single
values as long as all input quantities are strictly positive. All Translog production functions are
continuous and twice-continuously differentiable.
119
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Now, we can evaluate the “fit” of the model by comparing the observed with the fitted output
quantities:
●
●
2.0e+07
1e+07
●
●
● ●●
● ● ●● ●●● ●
● ●●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●
5e+05 2e+06
● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ●● ● ●●●
● ● ●●
● ●
fitted
fitted
●●● ● ●●●●●●●
●●●●●● ●
● ●
1.0e+07
●● ● ●● ●●●●●● ●
●
● ● ● ●
●● ●●
●
●●
● ●●
● ● ●
● ●● ●● ● ●
● ●●
● ●● ●● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●●●
● ● ● ●●
● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●●●● ● ●
● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●● ●●
● ● ● ●
0.0e+00
● ●
●
●
●●●●
1e+05
● ●
●●● ● ●
●
● ●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●●
● ●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●●●
●
●
●
●
observed observed
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.36. While the graph in the left panel uses a linear
scale for the axes, the graph in the right panel uses a logarithmic scale for both axes. Hence,
the deviations from the 45°-line illustrate the absolute deviations in the left panel and the rel-
ative deviations in the right panel. The fit of the model looks rather okay, but there are some
observations, at which the predicted output quantity is not very close to the observed output
quantity.
∂ ln y X
i = = αi + αij ln xj (2.122)
∂ ln xi j
We can simplify the code for computing these output elasticities by using short names for the
coefficients:
120
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Now, we can use the following commands to calculate the output elasticities in R:
We can visualize (the variation of) these output elasticities with histograms:
25
30
20
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
15
15
20
10
10
10
5
5
0
−0.4 0.0 0.4 0.8 −1.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.37. If the firms increase capital input by one percent,
the output of most firms will increase by around 0.2 percent. If the firms increase labor input by
one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 0.5 percent. If the firms increase
material input by one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 0.7 percent.
These graphs also show that the monotonicity condition is not fulfilled for all observations:
FALSE TRUE
32 108
121
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
FALSE TRUE
14 126
FALSE TRUE
8 132
> dat$monoTL <- with( dat, eCapTL >= 0 & eLabTL >= 0 & eMatTL >= 0 )
> table( dat$monoTL )
FALSE TRUE
48 92
32 firms have a negative output elasticity of capital, 14 firms have a negative output elasticity
of labor, and 8 firms have a negative output elasticity of materials. In total the monotonicity
condition is not fulfilled at 48 out of 140 observations. Although the monotonicity conditions
are fulfilled for a large part of firms in our data set, these frequent violations indicate a possible
model misspecification.
We can calculate the marginal products based on the output elasticities that we have calculated
above. As argued in section 2.4.11.1, we use the predicted output quantities in this calculation:
> dat$mpCapTL <- with( dat, eCapTL * qOutTL / qCap )
> dat$mpLabTL <- with( dat, eLabTL * qOutTL / qLab )
> dat$mpMatTL <- with( dat, eMatTL * qOutTL / qMat )
We can visualize (the variation of) these marginal products with histograms:
> hist( dat$mpCapTL, 15 )
> hist( dat$mpLabTL, 15 )
> hist( dat$mpMatTL, 15 )
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.38. If the firms increase capital input by one unit,
the output of most firms will increase by around 4 units. If the firms increase labor input by
one unit, the output of most firms will increase by around 4 units. If the firms increase material
input by one unit, the output of most firms will increase by around 70 units.
122
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
25
20
20
20
15
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
15
15
10
10
10
5
5
0
0
−10 0 10 20 −5 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 50 100
Frequency
8
10
6
4
5
2
0
1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.39. All firms experience increasing returns to scale
and most of them have an elasticity of scale around 1.45. Hence, if these firms increase all input
quantities by one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 1.45 percent. These
elasticities of scale are realistic and on average close to the elasticity of scale obtained from the
Cobb-Douglas production function (1.47).
123
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Information on the optimal firm size can be obtained by analyzing the relationship between
firm size and the elasticity of scale. We can either use the observed or the predicted output:
● ● ● ●
● ● ●●
● ●●
● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ●
1.6
1.6
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●●
● ● ● ●● ●●
●
● ● ●● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●
eScaleTL
eScaleTL
●● ● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●●
●●● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ●
● ●●●
●
●●● ● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●●
● ●
● ●
●● ●● ●●● ● ●
●
●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●
● ● ●●●● ●● ● ●
● ●
●●
1.4
1.4
● ●
●
● ● ●●●●● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ●●● ● ● ●●
●● ● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
● ●
●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●
● ●
1.2
1.2
● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ●●
● ●●
● ●● ● ●
eScaleTL[ monoTL ]
eScaleTL[ monoTL ]
● ●
● ● ●● ●
● ● ●● ●● ● ●
●●
● ● ● ●● ●●
●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●●● ●
●● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
●
●● ● ● ● ●
●
●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
●● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●● ●●
● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●● ●
●
● ● ●
●
●● ● ● ●
● ●●● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ●
●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●
● ●
Figure 2.40: Translog production function: elasticities of scale at different firm sizes
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.40. Both of them indicate that the elasticity of scale
slightly decreases with firm size but there are considerable increasing returns to scale even for
the largest firms in the sample. Hence, all firms in the sample would gain from increasing their
size and the optimal firm size seems to be larger than the largest firm in the sample.
124
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
60
50
60
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
30
20
20
10
0
−150 −100 −50 0 −60 −40 −20 0 0 −800 −600 −400 −200 0
50
15
60
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
10
30
40
20
5
20
10
0
Figure 2.41: Translog production function: marginal rates of technical substitution (MRTS)
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.42. As some outliers hide the variation of the majority
of the MRTS, we use function colMedians (package miscTools) to show the median values of the
MRTS:
> colMedians( subset( dat, monoTL,
+ c( "mrtsCapLabTL", "mrtsLabCapTL", "mrtsCapMatTL",
+ "mrtsMatCapTL", "mrtsLabMatTL", "mrtsMatLabTL" ) ) )
125
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Given that the median marginal rate of technical substitution between capital and labor is -0.84,
a typical firm that reduces the use of labor by one unit, has to use around 0.84 additional units
of capital in order to produce the same amount of output as before. Alternatively, the typical
firm can replace one unit of labor by using 0.08 additional units of materials.
As the (relative) marginal rates of technical substitution are meaningless if the monotonicity
condition is not fulfilled, we visualize (the variation of) these RMRTS only for the observations,
where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.42. As some outliers hide the variation of the majority
of the RMRTS, we use function colMedians (package miscTools) to show the median values of
the RMRTS:
126
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
80
80
60
60
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
40
40
40
20
20
20
0
0
−500 −300 −100 0 −25 −20 −15 −10 −5 0 −400 −300 −200 −100 0
60
50
50
15
40
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
10
30
20
20
5
10
10
0
−3.0 −2.0 −1.0 0.0 −50 −40 −30 −20 −10 0 −35 −25 −15 −5 0
Figure 2.42: Translog production function: relative marginal rates of technical substitution
(RMRTS)
127
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Given that the median relative marginal rate of technical substitution between capital and labor
is -2.84, a typical firm that reduces the use of labor by one percent, has to use around 2.84 percent
more capital in order to produce the same amount of output as before. Alternatively, the typical
firm can replace one percent of labor by using 0.74 percent more materials.
∂y y
P
∂ ∂ (αi + k αik ln xk )
∂2y ∂xi xi
= = (2.124)
∂xi ∂xj ∂xj ∂xj
P !
αij y αi + kαik ln xk ∂y X y
= + − δij αi + αik ln xk (2.125)
xj xi xi ∂xj k
x2i
P ! !
αij y αi + k αik ln xk X y X y
= + αj + αjk ln xk − δij αi + αik ln xk
xi xj xi k
xj k
x2i
(2.126)
αij y i j y i y
= + − δij 2 (2.127)
xi xj xi xj xi
y
= (αij + i j − δij i ) , (2.128)
xi xj
where δij is (again) Kronecker’s delta (2.82). Alternatively, the second derivatives of the Translog
function can be expressed based on the marginal products (instead of the output elasticities):
∂2y αij y M Pi M Pj M Pi
= + − δij (2.129)
∂xi ∂xj xi xj y xi
Now, we can calculate the second derivatives for each observation in our data set:
128
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
2.6.11 Quasiconcavity
In order to check whether the estimated Translog production function is quasiconcave, we need
to construct the bordered Hessian matrix. As the first-order and second-order derivatives of
the Translog production function differ between observations, also the bordered Hessian matrix
differs between observations. As a starting point, we construct the bordered Hessian matrix just
for the first observation:
Based on this bordered Hessian matrix, we can check whether the estimated Translog production
function is quasiconcave at the first observation:
[1] -155.3387
[1] 0.01269176
[1] -2.99626e-05
129
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Quasiconcavity requires that the first determinant calculated above (i.e. the determinant of the
upper-left 2 × 2 submatrix) is negative and the following determinants alternate in sign. As
this condition is fulfilled, we can conclude that the estimated Translog production function is
quasiconcave at the first observation.
Now, we check whether our estimated Translog production function is quasiconcave at each
individual observation:
FALSE TRUE
77 63
quasiConcTL
monoTL FALSE TRUE
FALSE 42 6
TRUE 35 57
130
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
As the elasticities of substitution measure changes in the marginal rates of technical substitution
(MRTS) and the MRTS are meaningless if the monotonicity condition is not fulfilled, also the
elasticities of substitution are meaningless if the monotonicity condition is not fulfilled. Hence,
we visualize (the variation of) the direct elasticities of substitution only for the observations,
where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled:
60
8
8
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
6
40
6
4
4
20
2
2
0
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 −100 −50 0 50 100 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30
Figure 2.43: Translog production function: direct elasticities of substitution (at observations,
where the monotonicity condition is fulfilled)
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.43. The estimated direct elasticities of substitution
between capital and labor as well as between labor and materials are all positive, while the
estimated direct elasticities of substitution between capital and materials are mostly positive but
a small proportion of them is negative. As the direct elasticities of substitution assume that only
the quantities of the two considered inputs are varied, while all other input quantities and the
131
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
output quantity remain unchanged, it is expected that all direct elasticities of substitution are
always positive. However, as we obtain a few negative direct elasticities of substitution between
capital and materials, it seems that the isoquants between these two inputs are not always convex
(see section 2.6.11). In case of non-convex isoquants, even the direct elasticities of substitution can
become negative. As non-convex isoquants are more similar to linear isoquants than to isoquants
of Leontief production functions, negative direct elasticities of substitution rather indicate good
substitutability than complementarity between the inputs.
In order to simplify the interpretation of the estimated direct elasticities of substitution, we
visualize (the variation of) these elasticities of substitution only for the observations, where both
the monotonicity condition and the quasiconcavity condition are fulfilled:
8
10
6
8
10
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
6
4
4
2
2
0
Figure 2.44: Translog production function: direct elasticities of substitution (at observations,
where both the monotonicity condition and the quasiconcavity condition are fulfilled)
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.44. The corresponding median values of the direct
elasticities of substitution can be obtained by:
For all firms in our sample, the estimated direct elasticities of substitution between capital and
labor and between labor and materials are considerably smaller than the elasticity of substitution
implied by the Cobb-Douglas production function (σ = 1) and are somewhat close to the elasticity
of substitution implied by the Leontief production function (σ = 0). Hence, the substitutability
132
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
between capital and labor as well as the substitutability between labor and materials seems to
be rather low.
The direct elasticities of substitution between capital and labor are for most firms around 0.27.
Hence, if these firms keep the materials quantity and the output quantity unchanged and sub-
stitute capital for labor (or vice versa) so that the ratio between the capital quantity and the
labor quantity increases (decreases) by around 0.27 percent, the MRTS between capital and labor
increases (decreases) by one percent. If the ratio between the labor price and the capital price
increases by one percent, firms that keep the materials input and the output quantity unchanged
and minimize costs will substitute capital for labor so that the ratio between the capital quan-
tity and the labor quantity increases by around 0.27 percent. Hence, the relative changes of
the ratios of the input quantities are much smaller than the relative changes of the ratios of the
corresponding input prices, which indicates a very low substitutability between capital and labor.
Similarly, the direct elasticities of substitution between labor and materials are for most firms
around 0.24. If these firms keep the capital quantity and the output quantity unchanged and
substitute labor for materials (or vice versa) so that the ratio between the labor quantity and the
quantity of materials increases (decreases) by around 0.24 percent, the MRTS between labor and
materials increases (decreases) by one percent. If the ratio between the materials price and the
labor price increases by one percent, firms that keep the capital input and the output quantity
unchanged and minimize costs will substitute labor for materials so that the ratio between the
labor quantity and the materials quantity increases by around 0.24 percent. Again, the relative
changes of the ratios of the input quantities are much smaller than the relative changes of the
ratios of the corresponding input prices, which indicates a very low substitutability between labor
and materials.
In contrast, the direct elasticities of substitution between capital and materials are for most
firms around 1.94 and thus, considerably larger than the elasticity of substitution implied by the
Cobb-Douglas production function (σ = 1). Hence, if these firms keep the labor quantity and
the output quantity unchanged and substitute capital for materials (or vice versa) so that the
ratio between the capital quantity and the quantity of materials increases (decreases) by around
1.94 percent, the MRTS between capital and materials increases (decreases) by one percent. If the
ratio between the materials price and the capital price increases by one percent, firms that keep
the labor input and the output quantity unchanged and minimize costs will substitute capital for
materials so that the ratio between the capital quantity and the quantity of materials increases
by around 1.94 percent. Hence, the relative change of the ratio of the input quantities is around
twice as large as the relative change of the ratio of the input prices, which indicates a quite
substantial substitutability between capital and materials.
As for the quadratic production function, we only calculate the direct and Allen elasticities of
substitution. The calculation of the Morishima elasticities of substitution requires only minimal
133
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
changes of the code for calculating the Allen elasticities of substitution. In order to check whether
our calculations are correct, we will—as before—check if the conditions (2.119) are fulfilled. In
order to check these conditions, we need to calculate not only (normal) elasticities of substitution
(σij ; i 6= j) but also economically not meaningful “elasticities of self-substitution” (σii ):
Before we take a look at and interpret the elasticities of substitution, we check whether the
conditions (2.119) are fulfilled:
134
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The extremely small deviations from zero are most likely caused by rounding errors that are
unavoidable on digital computers. This test does not prove that all of our calculations are done
correctly but if we had made a mistake, we probably would have discovered it. Hence, we can be
rather sure that our calculations are correct.
As explained above in section 2.6.12.1, the elasticities of substitution are meaningless if the
monotonicity condition is violated and they are difficult to interpret if the quasiconcavity condi-
tion is violated. Hence, we visualize (the variation of) the Allen elasticities of substitution only
for the observations, where both the monotonicity condition and the quasiconcavity condition
are fulfilled:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.45. The estimated elasticities of substitution between
capital and labor suggest that capital and labor are complements for the majority of firms. In
contrast, capital and materials are always substitutes and labor and materials are substitutes
for the majority of firms. In order to avoid the effects of outliers, we use function colMedians
(package miscTools) to obtain the median values of the Allen elasticities of substitution:
The median elasticity of substitution between labor and materials (0.58) lies between the elas-
ticity of substitution implied by the Leontief production function (σ = 0) and the elasticity of
substitution implied by the Cobb-Douglas production function (σ = 1). Hence, the substitutabil-
ity between labor and materials seems to be rather low. If a typical firm keeps the output quantity
constant, substitutes materials for labor (or vice versa) so that the ratio between the quantity
of materials and the labor quantity increases (decreases) by 0.58 percent, and adjusts the capi-
tal quantity accordingly, the MRTS between materials and labor will increase (decrease) by one
percent. If the ratio between the labor price and the materials price increases by one percent, a
135
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
40
50
40
40
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
30
20
20
20
10
10
10
0
0
−400 −300 −200 −100 0 0 500 1000 1500 0 50 100 150
15
6
5
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
10
8
4
6
5
4
2
2
1
0
0
−8 −6 −4 −2 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 2 4 6
firm that keeps the output quantity constant, adjusts all input quantities and minimizes costs,
will substitute materials for labor so that the ratio between the quantity of materials and the
labor quantity increases by 0.58 percent. Hence, the relative change of the ratio of the input
quantities is considerably smaller than the relative change of the ratio of the input prices, which
indicates a low substitutability between labor and materials. In contrast, the median elasticity
of substitution between capital and materials is larger than one (3.63), which indicates that it is
much easier to substitute between capital and materials.
In the following, we use scatter plots to compare the estimated direct elasticities of substitution
with the estimated Allen elasticities of substitution:
136
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
10
●
2
2
●
● ●●
●●
●● ●●
●
●● ●
●
1
1
● ●●
●● ●
●
●
●
●
●●●
●●
esaCapLabTL
esaCapMatTL
esaLabMatTL
● ●
●●
● ●●
●
●● ●●●●
● ●●●●
●
●
●● ●●
●●
● ●
●
●● ●
●
●
● ●●●●
●
● ●●
●●
● ● ●
0
0
● ● ●
●●●●● ●
●●
●
●
●
●●
●●●
●●●●
●●
−1
−5
−1
●
●●
●
●●
−10
−2
−2
●
● ●
●●
−2 −1 0 1 2 −10 −5 0 5 10 −2 −1 0 1 2
esdCapLabTL
● esdCapMatTL esdLabMatTL
Figure 2.46: Translog production function: Comparison of direct and Allen elasticities of
substitution
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.46. As can also be seen from comparing the histograms
in Figures 2.44 and 2.45, the variation of the Allen elasticities of substitution is much larger than
the variation of the corresponding direct elasticities of substitution.
The command compPlot (package miscTools) can be used to compare the marginal value products
with the corresponding input prices. As the logarithm of a non-positive number is not defined,
we have to limit the comparisons on the logarithmic scale to observations with positive marginal
products:
137
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
30
● ● ●
●● ●
●●●●
25
60
● ●
150
● ● ●
● ●
● ●
●
●
20
●
● ●
●
40
●
● ●
●
● ●
100
● ●●
15
●
MVP Cap
●
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
●
● ●●●
●● ●● ●
●
●● ●●
● ●●
●
20
●● ●
● ●●●
● ● ●●
● ●●●
●●
●
● ● ● ●●
10
●
● ●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●● ●●●
●
●●
● ●● ● ●
●
●
●
●
● ●
●● ●
●
● ●
●●
●
●
● ●● ●
50
●
●
●
●
●●
● ●
●
● ● ●
●●
● ● ●●
●
0
●
●
●
●● ●● ●
●
● ●
●
●● ●
5
●
● ●
●● ●
●●
●●
●
● ●
●● ●● ●●
●● ●
●●
● ●
●
●●
●
● ●
●
●
●
● ●
●
●●
●
●
●
●●
● ●
●●
●●
●
−20
●● ●
●
●●
●●
●
●
0
●
●● ●
●●●
●
●● ●
●
●●●
●
●●
● ●
●
● ●
0
●
● ●
●
●●
●●
●
−5
−40
● ● ●
200
20.00
5e+01
● ●● ● ●●
● ● ●●
●●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●●
100
●
● ●●● ●●●
● ●●● ● ●●●
●●●●●
● ●● ●● ●●●
● ●● ● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●●
5.00
● ●●●
●● ●
● ●● ● ●
●●●●● ●● ●●
●●●● ● ●
● ● ●●● ●●
5e+00
● ●● ●●● ● ● ● ●
●●● ●
50
●
●●● ●
● ●
● ●● ●●
● ●● ●●●
●
●●● ● ●
●●●●●● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●●● ● ●
●●●●
●● ● ●● ● ●
MVP Cap
●● ●
MVP Lab
MVP Mat
●● ● ●
●●●● ●
●● ●
●● ●● ● ●● ● ●
●● ●●● ● ●
●● ● ●●●●● ● ●● ●●●● ●
●●● ● ● ●●
1.00
●● ●● ● ●
●
●●
●●● ●
●
20
● ●
● ● ●● ● ●
5e−01
● ●
● ●
●● ●
●● ●
●
10
● ●
●
0.20
●
5e−02
● ●
0.05
●
● ●
5e−02 5e−01 5e+00 5e+01 0.05 0.20 1.00 5.00 20.00 5 10 20 50 100
138
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.47. They indicate that the marginal value products of
most firms are higher than the corresponding input prices. This indicates that most firms could
increase their profit by using more of all inputs. Given that the estimated Translog function
shows that all firms operate under increasing returns to scale, it is not surprising that most firms
would gain from increasing all input quantities. Therefore, the question arises why the firms in
the sample did not do this. This questions has already been addressed in section 2.3.10.
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.49. The graphs in the middle column of figures 2.48
and 2.49 show that the ratio between the capital price and the materials price is larger than the
139
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
4
● ●
0.6
● ●
0.5
60
3
− MRTS Lab Cap
2
0.3
●
●
●
● ● ●
●●
0.2
● ●
●
20
● ●
● ●● ●● ●
1
● ● ● ●
●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
0.1
●● ●● ●●●● ● ●
● ●●●●● ●●●●● ●● ●
●● ● ●● ● ● ●●● ●
● ● ●● ● ●●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●● ●●●
●●● ● ●●
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●
●
●
●●
●●
●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
●●
●●●
●●● ●
●●
●
0.0
●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●● ● ●
●
●●
●
●
●●
●
●●●
●
● ●
● ●●
●●
0
0
0 20 40 60 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0 1 2 3 4
0.500
●
● ● ●
●
1.000
● ● ●
● ● ● ●●
1e+01
●●
●●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●● ●
●● ●● ●●● ●
●
0.100
●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●●
− MRTS Lab Cap
●●● ●
●●●
− MRTS Mat Lab
●●● ●● ●●●● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●
●●
●● ● ● ●● ● ●●● ●
●● ● ●
●●● ● ●●
● ● ●● ●●
0.100
● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ●●● ●●
●●● ● ●●●
1e+00
●●● ● ●● ●
● ●●
● ●● ●● ● ● ●
●●●● ● ● ●●●●●● ● ●
●
● ● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●
0.020
● ●●
●●
●●
● ●● ● ● ●● ●
●
●●●●●
●●● ●●●● ● ●●
● ● ● ●
●
●●● ● ● ●●●
●●●● ● ●●
1e−01
0.010
● ●●
●● ● ●
●● ●
0.005
● ●
● ● ● ●
●
●
1e−02
0.001
●● ●
0.001
● ● ●
1e−02 1e+00 1e+02 0.001 0.005 0.050 0.500 0.001 0.010 0.100 1.000
140
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
60
30
40
50
25
30
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
20
30
15
20
20
10
10
10
5
0
0
0 20 40 60 80 −0.6 −0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0 1 2 3 4
30
25
25
30
20
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
15
20
15
10
10
10
5
5
0
−4 −2 0 2 4 −4 −2 0 2 −6 −4 −2 0 2
141
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
absolute value of the marginal rate of technical substitution between materials and capital for a
majority of the firms in the sample:
wcap M Pcap
> −M RT Smat,cap = (2.130)
wmat M Pmat
Hence, these firms can get closer to the minimum of their production costs by substituting
materials for capital, because this will decrease the marginal product of materials and increase
the marginal product of capital so that the absolute value of the MRTS between materials and
capital increases and gets closer to the corresponding input price ratio. The graphs on the left
indicate that approximately half of the firms should substitute labor for capital, while the other
half should substitute capital for labor. The graphs on the right indicate that a majority of
the firms should substitute materials for labor. Hence, the majority of the firms could reduce
production costs particularly by using more materials and using less labor or less capital but
there might be (legal) regulations that restrict the use of materials (e.g. fertilizers, pesticides).
y ∗ = y/ȳ (2.131)
x∗i = xi /x̄i ∀ i (2.132)
The following commands create variables with mean-scaled output and input quantities:
This implies that the logarithms of the mean values of these variables are zero (except for negli-
gible very small rounding errors):
Please note that mean-scaling does not imply that the mean values of the logarithmic variables
are zero:
142
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
The following derivation explores the relationship between a Translog production function with
mean-scaled quantities and a Translog production function with the original quantities:
1 XX ∗
ln y ∗ = α0∗ + αi∗ ln x∗i + α ln x∗i ln x∗j
X
(2.133)
i
2 i j ij
1 XX ∗
ln (y/ȳ) = α0∗ + αi∗ ln (xi /x̄i ) +
X
α ln (xi /x̄i ) ln (xj /x̄j ) (2.134)
i
2 i j ij
1 XX ∗
ln y − ln ȳ = α0∗ + αi∗ (ln xi − ln x̄i ) +
X
α (ln xi − ln x̄i ) (ln xj − ln x̄j ) (2.135)
i
2 i j ij
Thus, the relationship between the coefficients of the Translog function with the original quantities
and the coefficients of the Translog function with mean-scaled quantities is:
1 XX ∗
α0 = α0∗ + ln ȳ − αi∗ ln x̄i +
X
α ln x̄i ln x̄j (2.138)
i
2 i j ij
αi = αi∗ − ∗
X
αij ln x̄j ∀ i (2.139)
j
∗
αij = αij ∀ i, j. (2.140)
1 XX
α0∗ = α0 − ln ȳ +
X
αi ln x̄i + αij ln x̄i ln x̄j (2.141)
i
2 i j
αi∗ = αi +
X
αij ln x̄j ∀ i (2.142)
j
∗
αij = αij ∀ i, j. (2.143)
The following command estimates the Translog production function with mean-scaled quanti-
ties:
> prodTLm <- lm( log( qmOut ) ~ log( qmCap ) + log( qmLab ) + log( qmMat )
143
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Call:
lm(formula = log(qmOut) ~ log(qmCap) + log(qmLab) + log(qmMat) +
I(0.5 * log(qmCap)^2) + I(0.5 * log(qmLab)^2) + I(0.5 * log(qmMat)^2) +
I(log(qmCap) * log(qmLab)) + I(log(qmCap) * log(qmMat)) +
I(log(qmLab) * log(qmMat)), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.68015 -0.36688 0.05389 0.44125 1.26560
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -0.09392 0.08815 -1.065 0.28864
log(qmCap) 0.15004 0.11134 1.348 0.18013
log(qmLab) 0.79339 0.17477 4.540 1.27e-05 ***
log(qmMat) 0.50201 0.16608 3.023 0.00302 **
I(0.5 * log(qmCap)^2) -0.02573 0.20834 -0.124 0.90189
I(0.5 * log(qmLab)^2) -1.16364 0.67943 -1.713 0.08916 .
I(0.5 * log(qmMat)^2) -0.50368 0.43498 -1.158 0.24902
I(log(qmCap) * log(qmLab)) 0.56194 0.29120 1.930 0.05582 .
I(log(qmCap) * log(qmMat)) -0.40996 0.23534 -1.742 0.08387 .
I(log(qmLab) * log(qmMat)) 0.65793 0.42750 1.539 0.12623
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
As expected, the intercept and the first-order coefficients have adjusted to the new units of
measurement, while the second-order coefficients of the Translog function remain unchanged
(compare with estimates in section 2.6.2):
144
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
[1] TRUE
In case of functional forms that are invariant to the units of measurement (e.g. linear, Cobb-
Douglas, quadratic, Translog), mean-scaling does not change the relative indicators of the tech-
nology (e.g. output elasticities, elasticities of scale, relative marginal rates of technical substitu-
tion, elasticities of substitution). As the logarithms of the mean values of the mean-scaled input
quantities are zero, the first-order coefficients are equal to the output elasticities at the sample
mean (see equation 2.122), i.e. the output elasticity of capital is 0.15, the output elasticity of
labor is 0.793, the output elasticity of materials is 0.502, and the elasticity of scale is 1.445 at
the sample mean.
> summary(prodLin)$r.squared
[1] 0.786819
145
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
> summary(prodQuad)$r.squared
[1] 0.8448983
[,1]
[1,] 0.8067198
[,1]
[1,] 0.7696638
In this case, the R2 value regarding y is considerably higher for the quadratic function than for
the other functional forms, particularly the Translog functional form, which has the lowest R2
value regarding y. Similarly, we can extract the R2 values from the Cobb-Douglas and Translog
models and calculate the hypothetical R2 -values regarding ln y for the linear and quadratic pro-
duction functions. As the logarithm of non-positive numbers is not defined, we need to exclude
observations with non-positive predicted output quantities:
> summary(prodCD)$r.squared
[1] 0.5943154
> summary(prodTL)$r.squared
[1] 0.6295696
[,1]
[1,] 0.3796727
[,1]
[1,] 0.5481309
In contrast to the R2 values regarding y, the R2 value regarding ln y is considerably higher for
the Translog function than for the other functional forms. Hence, in our case, the R2 values do
not help much to select the most suitable functional form. As the quadratic and the Translog
functional forms have the same number of coefficients, we can base our comparison of these
146
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
functional forms on the unadjusted R2 values. In order to compare models that have different
numbers of coefficients, one should rather use adjusted R2 values.
Furthermore, we can visually compare the fit of the two models by looking at figures 2.7, 2.15,
2.23 and 2.36. The Cobb-Douglas and quadratic production functions clearly over-predict the
output of small firms so that small firms have rather large relative error terms. On the other
hand, the Translog production function has rather large absolute error terms for large firms. In
total, it seems that the fit of the linear and Translog production functions is slightly better than
the fit of the Cobb-Douglas and quadratic production functions.
RESET test
data: prodLin
RESET = 17.639, df1 = 2, df2 = 134, p-value = 1.584e-07
RESET test
data: prodCD
RESET = 2.9224, df1 = 2, df2 = 134, p-value = 0.05724
RESET test
data: prodQuad
RESET = 7.3663, df1 = 2, df2 = 128, p-value = 0.0009374
RESET test
data: prodTL
RESET = 1.2811, df1 = 2, df2 = 128, p-value = 0.2813
While the linear and quadratic functional forms are clearly rejected, the Cobb-Douglas functional
form is only rejected at the 10%, and the Translog is not rejected at all.
147
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
> with( dat, sum( eCap < 0 ) + sum( eLab < 0 ) + sum( eMat < 0 ) )
[1] 0
> with( dat, sum( mpCapCD < 0 ) + sum( mpLabCD < 0 ) + sum( mpMatCD < 0 ) )
[1] 0
> with( dat, sum( eCapQuad < 0 ) + sum( eLabQuad < 0 ) + sum( eMatQuad < 0 ) )
[1] 41
> with( dat, sum( eCapTL < 0 ) + sum( eLabTL < 0 ) + sum( eMatTL < 0 ) )
[1] 54
Alternatively, we could look at the number of observations, at which the monotonicity condition
is violated:
FALSE TRUE
39 101
FALSE TRUE
48 92
While the monotonicity conditions are globally fulfilled for the linear and Cobb-Douglas functional
forms, the more flexible functional forms have several monotonicity violations. When comparing
only the two more flexible functional forms, we see that the monotonicity condition is more
often violated in the Translog function than in the quadratic function (according to both of the
measures of monotonicity violation).
While the Cobb-Douglas and Translog production functions always return positive output
quantities (as long as all input quantities are strictly positive), this is not necessarily the case
for linear and quadratic production functions. However, we have checked this in sections 2.3.4
and 2.5.6 and found only one negative predicted output quantity for the linear production func-
tion, while all output quantities predicted by the quadratic production function are positive.
148
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
Hence, the non-negativity condition is almost fulfilled for the linear production function, while it
is completely fulfilled for the remaining three functional forms.
Quasiconcavity is fulfilled at all observations for the linear and Cobb-Douglas production func-
tions and at 63 out of 140 observations for the Translog production function, while it is fulfilled at
no observation for the quadratic production function. However, quasiconcavity is mainly assumed
to simplify the (further) economic analysis (e.g. to obtain continuous input demand and output
supply functions) and there can be found good reasons for why the true production technology
is not quasiconcave (e.g. indivisibility of inputs).
FALSE TRUE
67 73
> table( rep( sum( coef( prodCD )[-1] ) >= 0.5 & sum( coef( prodCD )[-1] ) <= 2,
+ nrow( dat ) ) )
TRUE
140
TRUE
140
TRUE
140
> with( dat, sum( eCap > 1 ) + sum( eLab > 1 ) + sum( eMat > 1 ) )
[1] 124
149
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
log(qCap)
0
> with( dat, sum( eCapQuad > 1 ) + sum( eLabQuad > 1 ) + sum( eMatQuad > 1 ) )
[1] 28
> with( dat, sum( eCapTL > 1 ) + sum( eLabTL > 1 ) + sum( eMatTL > 1 ) )
[1] 56
The linear production function indicates the most implausibly large output elasticities, followed
by the Translog, quadratic, and Cobb-Douglas production functions, whereas the Cobb-Douglas
production function has no implausibly large output elasticities. When comparing just the two
more flexible functional forms, the Translog production function results in twice as many implau-
sible output elasticities than the quadratic production function.
2.7.5 Summary
The various criteria for assessing and comparing the appropriateness of the four functional forms
for analyzing the production technology in our data set are summarized in table 2.2. While the
linear production function seems to be the least appropriate for our specific empirical analysis, the
Cobb-Douglas functions performs rather well according to most indicators. When comparing the
two more flexible functional forms, we can see that the quadratic production function results in
less monotonicity violations and less implausible output elasticities than the Translog production
function, while the Translog production function seems to give a better fit to the data (visually
and according to Ramsey’s RESET).
150
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
> prodNP <- npreg( log(qOut) ~ log(qCap) + log(qLab) + log(qMat), regtype = "ll",
+ bwmethod = "cv.aic", ckertype = "epanechnikov", data = dat,
+ gradients = TRUE )
> summary( prodNP )
151
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
R-squared: 0.6237078
While the bandwidths of the logarithmic quantities of capital and materials are around one, the
bandwidth of the logarithmic labor quantity is rather large. These bandwidths indicate that the
logarithmic output quantity non-linearly changes with the logarithmic quantities of capital and
materials but it changes approximately linearly with the logarithmic labor quantity.
The estimated relationship between each explanatory variable and the dependent variable
(holding all other explanatory variables constant at their median values) can be visualized using
the plot method. We can use argument plot.errors.method to add confidence intervals:
16.0
log(qOut)
log(qOut)
14.5
14.5
13.0
13.0
log(qCap) log(qLab)
16.0
log(qOut)
14.5
13.0
log(qMat)
152
Gradient Component 1 of log(qOut)
0.5
0.5
−0.5
−0.5
9 10 11 12 13 11.5 12.0 12.5 13.0 13.5 14.0
Gradient Component 3 of log(qOut)
log(qCap) log(qLab)
0.5
−0.5
log(qMat)
The results confirm the results from the parametric regressions that labor and materials have a
significant effect on the output while capital does not have a significant effect (at 10% significance
level).
The following commands plot histograms of the three output elasticities and the elasticity of
scale:
153
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
40
Frequency
Frequency
20
20
0
0
−0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
capital labor
40
30
Frequency
Frequency
20
0 10
0
0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9
materials scale
Figure 2.52: Output elasticities and elasticities of scale estimated by non-parametric kernel
regression
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 2.52. The monotonicity condition is fulfilled at almost
all observations, only 1 output elasticity of capital and 0 output elasticity of labor is negative.
All firms operate under increasing returns to scale with most farms having an elasticity of scale
around 1.4.
Finally, we visualize the relationship between firm size and the elasticity of scale based on our
non-parametric estimation results:
The resulting graph is shown in figure 2.53. The smallest firms generally would gain most from
increasing their size. However, also the largest firms would still considerably gain from increasing
their size—perhaps even more than medium-sized firms but there is probably insufficient evidence
to be sure about this.
154
2 Primal Approach: Production Function
1.9
1.9
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
1.7
1.7
elaScaleNP
● ●
● elaScaleNP ●
●
●
● ●
● ● ● ●●
● ● ●● ●●
● ●●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ●● ●
● ●● ●●
1.5
1.5
● ●●
● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●
● ●● ●●● ●
● ● ● ●●●● ● ● ●● ● ●●●●●●
●● ●●
●
● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●●
●●●●● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
●●●
●
●●
●● ●
●
● ●● ● ● ●●
●● ●●● ● ●
● ●●●●
●● ● ●●●●●●●
●
●●
●
●● ●
● ●● ● ●
● ● ●●●● ●
●
●● ● ● ●●
●● ●●
● ● ●●●●
●
●● ●●
●
●
●
●●●●
●
● ● ●
●●●●●●●
●
●
● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●●●●
● ●●● ● ●●● ●● ●
●●●
●
1.3
1.3
● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ●
qOut X
Figure 2.53: Relationship between firm size and elasticities of scale estimated by non-parametric
kernel regression
155
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
3.1 Theory
3.1.1 Cost function
Total cost is defined as:
X
c= wi x i (3.1)
i
returns the minimal (total) cost that is required to produce at least the output quantity y given
input prices w.
It is important to distinguish the cost definition (3.1) from the cost function (3.2).
∂y c(w, y)
∗ (w, y) = (3.4)
∂c(w, y) y
At the cost-minimizing points, the elasticity of size is equal to the elasticity of scale (Chambers,
1988, p. 71–72). For homothetic production technologies such as the Cobb-Douglas production
technology, the elasticity of size is always equal to the elasticity of scale (Chambers, 1988, p. 72–
74).1
1
Further details about the relationship between the elasticity of size and the elasticity of scale are available, e.g.,
in McClelland, Wetzstein, and Musserwetz (1986).
156
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
where vector x1 includes the quantities of the variable inputs, i.e. the inputs that can be freely
adjusted in the short run, and vector x2 includes the quantities of the quasi-fixed inputs, i.e. the
inputs that cannot be adjusted in the short run. In this case, the production function becomes
y = f (x1 , x2 ).
In the long run, when all input quantities can be freely adjusted, the cost minimization problem
remains:
0 0
min w1 x1 + w2 x2 , s.t. f (x1 , x2 ) ≥ y (3.5)
x1 ,x2
0 0
c(w, y) = c(w1 , w2 , y) = min w1 x1 + w2 x2 , s.t. f (x1 , x2 ) ≥ y, (3.6)
x1 ,x2
where w1 denotes the vector of the prices of the variable inputs and w2 denotes the vector of the
prices of the quasi-fixed inputs.
However, in the short run, when only the variable input quantities (x1 ) can be freely adjusted,
while the quasi-fixed input quantities (x2 ) cannot be adjusted, the costs of the quasi-fixed inputs
0
(w2 x2 ) are “sunk costs” and thus are irrelevant for short-run cost minimization. Hence, one only
needs to take into account—and minimize—the variable costs:
0
min w1 x1 , s.t. f (x1 , x2 ) ≥ y. (3.7)
x1
Based on this short-run (variable) cost minimization, we can derive the short-run (variable) cost
function:
0
cv (w1 , y, x2 ) = min w1 x1 , s.t. f (x1 , x2 ) ≥ y, (3.8)
x1
0
cs (w, y, x2 ) = cs (w1 , w2 , y, x2 ) = cv (w1 , y, x2 ) + w2 x2 . (3.9)
The long-run cost function can be expressed in terms of the short-run total cost function or
the short-run (variable) cost function (see, e.g., Chambers, 1988, p. 103):
0
h i
c(w, y) = min cs (w1 , w2 , y, x2 ) = min cv (w1 , y, x2 ) + w2 x2 . (3.10)
x2 x2
If producers cannot instantly adjust the quantity of the some inputs, estimating a short-run
cost function with some quasi-fixed input quantities might be more appropriate than estimating
a (long-run) cost function which assumes that all input quantities quantities can be adjusted
instantly.
157
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
with α0 = ln A.
3.2.2 Estimation
The linearized Cobb-Douglas cost function can be estimated by OLS:
> costCD <- lm( log( cost ) ~ log( pCap ) + log( pLab ) + log( pMat ) + log( qOut ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( costCD )
Call:
lm(formula = log(cost) ~ log(pCap) + log(pLab) + log(pMat) +
log(qOut), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.77663 -0.23243 -0.00031 0.24439 0.74339
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 6.75383 0.40673 16.605 < 2e-16 ***
log(pCap) 0.07437 0.04878 1.525 0.12969
log(pLab) 0.46486 0.14694 3.164 0.00193 **
log(pMat) 0.48642 0.08112 5.996 1.74e-08 ***
log(qOut) 0.37341 0.03072 12.154 < 2e-16 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
158
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
3.2.3 Properties
As the coefficients of the (logarithmic) input prices are all non-negative, this cost function is
monotonically non-decreasing in input prices. Furthermore, the coefficient of the (logarithmic)
output quantity is non-negative so that this cost function is monotonically non-decreasing in
output quantities. The Cobb-Douglas cost function always implies no fixed costs, as the costs
are always zero if the output quantity is zero. Given that A = exp(α0 ) is always positive,
all Cobb-Douglas cost functions that are based on its (estimated) linearized version fulfill the
non-negativity condition.
Finally, we check if the Cobb-Douglas cost function is positive linearly homogeneous in input
prices. This condition is fulfilled if
Hence, the homogeneity condition is only fulfilled if the coefficients of the (logarithmic) input
prices sum up to one. As they sum up to 1.03 the homogeneity condition is not fulfilled in our
estimated model.
and replace αN in the cost function (3.12) by the right-hand side of the above equation:
N −1 N −1
!
X X
ln c = α0 + αi ln wi + 1 − αi ln wN + αy ln y (3.21)
i=1 i=1
159
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N
X −1
ln c = α0 + αi (ln wi − ln wN ) + ln wN + αy ln y (3.22)
i=1
N
X −1
ln c − ln wN = α0 + αi (ln wi − ln wN ) + αy ln y (3.23)
i=1
N −1
c X wi
ln = α0 + αi ln + αy ln y (3.24)
wN i=1
wN
This Cobb-Douglas cost function with linear homogeneity in input prices imposed can be esti-
mated by following command:
> costCDHom <- lm( log( cost / pMat ) ~ log( pCap / pMat ) + log( pLab / pMat ) +
+ log( qOut ), data = dat )
> summary( costCDHom )
Call:
lm(formula = log(cost/pMat) ~ log(pCap/pMat) + log(pLab/pMat) +
log(qOut), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.77096 -0.23022 -0.00154 0.24470 0.74688
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 6.75288 0.40522 16.665 < 2e-16 ***
log(pCap/pMat) 0.07241 0.04683 1.546 0.124
log(pLab/pMat) 0.44642 0.07949 5.616 1.06e-07 ***
log(qOut) 0.37415 0.03021 12.384 < 2e-16 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The coefficient of the N th (logarithmic) input price can be obtained by the homogeneity condition
(3.20). Hence, the estimate of αMat is 0.4812 in our model.
As there is no theory that says which input price should be taken for the normalization/deflation,
it is desirable that the estimation results do not depend on the price that is used for the nor-
malization/deflation. This desirable property is fulfilled for the Cobb-Douglas cost function and
160
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
we can verify this by re-estimating the cost function, while using a different input price for the
normalization/deflation, e.g. capital:
> costCDHomCap <- lm( log( cost / pCap ) ~ log( pLab / pCap ) + log( pMat / pCap ) +
+ log( qOut ), data = dat )
> summary( costCDHomCap )
Call:
lm(formula = log(cost/pCap) ~ log(pLab/pCap) + log(pMat/pCap) +
log(qOut), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.77096 -0.23022 -0.00154 0.24470 0.74688
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 6.75288 0.40522 16.665 < 2e-16 ***
log(pLab/pCap) 0.44642 0.07949 5.616 1.06e-07 ***
log(pMat/pCap) 0.48117 0.07285 6.604 8.26e-10 ***
log(qOut) 0.37415 0.03021 12.384 < 2e-16 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The results are identical to the results from the Cobb-Douglas cost function with the price of
materials used for the normalization/deflation. The coefficient of the (logarithmic) capital price
can be obtained by the homogeneity condition (3.20). Hence, the estimate of αCap is 0.0724 in
our model with the capital price as numéraire, which is identical to the corresponding estimate
from the model with the price of materials as numéraire. Both models have identical residuals:
[1] TRUE
However, as the two models have different dependent variables (c/pMat and c/pCap ), the R2 -values
differ between the two models.
We can test the restriction for imposing linear homogeneity in input prices, e.g. by a Wald
test or a likelihood ratio test. As the models without and with homogeneity imposed (costCD
161
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
and costCDHom) have different dependent variables (c and c/pMat ), we cannot use the function
waldtest for conducting the Wald test but we have to use the function linearHypothesis
(package car) and specify the homogeneity restriction manually:
> library( "car" )
> linearHypothesis( costCD, "log(pCap) + log(pLab) + log(pMat) = 1" )
Hypothesis:
log(pCap) + log(pLab) + log(pMat) = 1
These two tests clearly show that the data do not contradict linear homogeneity in input prices.
PN
Alternatively, one can test the homogeneity restriction by rearranging the hypothesis i=1 αi =
PN
1 to δ = 0 with δ = i=1 αi − 1. The definition of the auxiliary variable δ can be re-arranged to:
N
X −1
αN = 1 − αi + δ (3.25)
i=1
Replacing αN in equation (3.12) by the right-hand side of equation (3.25), we get (similarly to
the derivation in equations (3.21)–(3.24)):
N −1
c X wi
ln = α0 + αi ln + δ ln wN + αy ln y (3.26)
wN i=1
wN
This equation can be estimated by OLS and a standard t-test can be used to test the restric-
tion δ = 0:
162
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
> summary( lm( log( cost / pMat ) ~ log( pCap / pMat ) + log( pLab / pMat ) +
+ log( pMat ) + log( qOut ), data = dat ) )
Call:
lm(formula = log(cost/pMat) ~ log(pCap/pMat) + log(pLab/pMat) +
log(pMat) + log(qOut), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.77663 -0.23243 -0.00031 0.24439 0.74339
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 6.75383 0.40673 16.605 < 2e-16 ***
log(pCap/pMat) 0.07437 0.04878 1.525 0.12969
log(pLab/pMat) 0.46486 0.14694 3.164 0.00193 **
log(pMat) 0.02565 0.17159 0.149 0.88140
log(qOut) 0.37341 0.03072 12.154 < 2e-16 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
This test is identical to the Wald test conducted above and hence, gives exactly the same P-value.
∂c ∂ ln c c c
= = αi (3.27)
∂wi ∂ ln wi wi wi
Now, we can calculate the second derivatives as derivatives of the first derivatives (3.27):
∂2c ∂ ∂c ∂ αi wci
= ∂wi = (3.28)
∂wi ∂wj ∂wj ∂wj
163
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
αi ∂c c
= − δij αi 2 (3.29)
wi ∂wj wi
αi c c
= αj − δij αi 2 (3.30)
wi wj wi
c
= αi (αj − δij ) , (3.31)
wi wj
where δij (again) denotes Kronecker’s delta (2.82). Alternative, the second derivatives of the
Cobb-Douglas cost function with respect to the input prices can be written as:
∂2c fi fj fi
= − δij , (3.32)
∂wi ∂wj c wi
Using these coefficients, we compute the second derivatives of our estimated Cobb-Douglas cost
function:
164
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
As all diagonal elements of this Hessian matrix are non-positive, the conditions regarding the
first-order principal minors are all fulfilled. In the following, we calculate the three second-order
principal minors and the determinant (third-order principal minor):
[1] 714919939
[1] 7299205
[1] 42508376
[1] 121651514835
As all three second-order principal minors are non-negative, the conditions regarding the second-
order principal minors are all fulfilled. However, the third-order principal minor is strictly posi-
tive, which indicates that this Hessian matrix is not negative semidefinite and consequently, the
Cobb-Douglas cost function is not concave at the first observation.3
We can check the semidefiniteness of a matrix more conveniently with the command semidef-
initeness (package miscTools), which (by default) checks the signs of the principal minors and
returns a logical value indicating whether the necessary and sufficient conditions for negative or
positive semidefiniteness are fulfilled:
3
Please note that this Hessian matrix is not positive semidefinite either, because the first-order principal minors
of this Hessian are negative, while positive semidefiniteness requires that all principal minors are non-negative.
Hence, the Cobb-Douglas cost function is neither concave nor convex at the first observation.
165
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
[1] FALSE
In the following, we will check whether concavity in input prices is fulfilled at each observation
in the sample by stacking the Hessian matrices of all observations upon each other to a three-
dimensional array:
> hessianCD <- array( NA, c( 3, 3, nrow( dat ) ) )
> hessianCD[ 1, 1, ] <- dat$hCapCap
> hessianCD[ 2, 2, ] <- dat$hLabLab
> hessianCD[ 3, 3, ] <- dat$hMatMat
> hessianCD[ 1, 2, ] <- hessianCD[ 2, 1, ] <- dat$hCapLab
> hessianCD[ 1, 3, ] <- hessianCD[ 3, 1, ] <- dat$hCapMat
> hessianCD[ 2, 3, ] <- hessianCD[ 3, 2, ] <- dat$hLabMat
> dat$concaveCD <- apply( hessianCD, 3, semidefiniteness,
+ positive = FALSE )
> table( dat$concaveCD )
FALSE
140
This shows that our Cobb-Douglas cost function without linear homogeneity imposed is concave
in input prices not at a single observation.
Now, we will check, whether our Cobb-Douglas cost function with linear homogeneity imposed
is concave in input prices. Again, we obtain the predicted total costs:
> dat$costCDHom <- exp( fitted( costCDHom ) ) * dat$pMat
We create short-cuts for the estimated coefficients:
> chCap <- coef( costCDHom )[ "log(pCap/pMat)" ]
> chLab <- coef( costCDHom )[ "log(pLab/pMat)" ]
> chMat <- 1 - chCap - chLab
We compute the second derivatives:
> dat$hhCapCap <- chCap * ( chCap - 1 ) * dat$costCDHom / dat$pCap^2
> dat$hhLabLab <- chLab * ( chLab - 1 ) * dat$costCDHom / dat$pLab^2
> dat$hhMatMat <- chMat * ( chMat - 1 ) * dat$costCDHom / dat$pMat^2
> dat$hhCapLab <- chCap * chLab * dat$costCDHom /
+ ( dat$pCap * dat$pLab )
> dat$hhCapMat <- chCap * chMat * dat$costCDHom /
+ ( dat$pCap * dat$pMat )
> dat$hhLabMat <- chLab * chMat * dat$costCDHom /
+ ( dat$pLab * dat$pMat )
166
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
As all diagonal elements of this Hessian matrix are non-positive, the conditions regarding the
first-order principal minors are all fulfilled. In the following, we calculate the three second-order
principal minors and the determinant (third-order principal minor):
[1] 695515989
[1] 7119468
[1] 59796915
[1] -0.0003162841
All three second-order principal minors are non-negative and the third-order principal minor is
close to zero, where it is negative on some computers but positive on other computers. As Hessian
matrices of linear homogeneous functions are always singular, it is expected that the determinant
of the Hessian matrix (the N th-order principal minor) is zero. However, the computed deter-
minant of our Hessian matrix is not exactly zero due to rounding errors, which are unavoidable
on digital computers. Given that the determinant of the Hessian matrix of our Cobb-Douglas
cost function with linear homogeneity imposed should always be zero, the condition for negative
167
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
semidefiniteness regarding the N th-order principal minor (sign of the determinant of the Hes-
sian matrix) should always be fulfilled. Consequently, we can conclude that our Cobb-Douglas
cost function with linear homogeneity imposed is concave in input prices at the first observa-
tion. Again, we can check the semidefiniteness of a matrix more conveniently with the command
semidefiniteness:
[1] TRUE
In the following, we will check whether concavity in input prices is fulfilled at each observation
in the sample:
TRUE
140
This result indicates that the concavity condition is fulfilled at all observations.
In fact, all Cobb-Douglas cost functions that are non-decreasing and linearly homogeneous in
all input prices are always concave (e.g. Coelli, 1995, p. 266).4
168
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
1200000
● ● ●
●
100000
●
4e+05
●
●
qCap observed
800000
●
qLab observed
qMat observed
●
●
● ●
●
● ●● ● ●●
60000
● ● ●
● ●
● ●● ● ●
2e+05
● ● ● ●
●
400000
●●● ●
● ● ●● ●
● ● ●●●● ● ●
●● ● ●● ● ●
●●● ●
● ●
●
● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●●●● ●● ●●●●● ●●● ● ● ●● ●
●
●●●● ● ●●
●
●● ●●● ●
●
● ●
●● ●● ●● ● ●●●● ● ● ●
20000
●●
● ●
●
●●●● ●●● ● ● ●
●●●
●
●● ●●●● ● ● ●● ●
●
●●
●●
●
●●●● ● ●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●●
● ●
●
●
●● ●●●●
● ●● ●●● ● ●●●●
●●
●●
●
●
●●●● ● ●
●● ●
●●
● ●
●●
●●
● ●● ●● ●● ● ●●
●
●●
●
●● ● ● ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●●●
●●●
●●
●●
●●
●
●●●●
● ●●●●
●
●●
● ●
●● ●●
●
●●
●● ●●●
●● ●●●
0e+00
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●● ● ●●●●●
●●
●●●●
●●● ●●●
●
● ●●
●
●
●●● ●
● ●●●●● ●
●●
●● ● ● ●● ●
●
● ● ●
0
● ● ●
●
● ●
● ●
●
● ● ●● ● ●
● ●
●
● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●
5e+05
● ●
5e+04
● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
●● ●
●● ●●
1e+05
●● ● ● ●●
qCap observed
●
qLab observed
qMat observed
●● ●●● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●●● ● ●
●● ●● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●●● ●●● ●●
● ● ● ●
●
●●●●●● ● ● ● ●●● ●●● ● ●●
●
● ●● ●● ● ● ● ●●●●●●
●●● ●●
●●●●
●●
● ●●
●●
●● ● ● ●● ● ●●
●●●●●●●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●● ●
2e+05
● ●● ●●● ● ●● ● ●
●●●●●● ● ● 2e+04 ● ● ● ●●
●
● ● ●●
● ●●● ● ●
● ●● ● ●●●
●● ●●●●● ●● ●
●● ●●●
● ●
● ● ●● ●
●
● ●● ● ●
●
●●●●
●● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
●
●●
2e+04
●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●● ●
●
●● ● ● ● ●●●● ● ● ● ●●●● ● ● ●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
●● ●● ● ●●
● ●●●
● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ●
●
●
● ●●
● ● ●● ● ●
●
● ● ●●●● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ●
●
● ● ● ●●
● ●● ●●
● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ●
5e+03
● ●
5e+04
●
5e+03
● ●●
●
5e+03 2e+04 1e+05 5e+05 5e+04 2e+05 5e+05 5e+03 2e+04 5e+04
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.1. These results confirm results based on the production
function: most firms should increase the use of materials and decrease the use of capital goods.
169
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
The following commands draw histograms of the observed cost shares and compare them to
the optimal cost shares, which are predicted by our Cobb-Douglas cost function with linear
homogeneity imposed:
30
30
35
25
25
30
25
20
20
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
20
15
15
15
10
10
10
5
5
0
0
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.2. These results confirm earlier results: most firms
should increase the use of materials and decrease the use of capital goods.
∂c(w, y) c(w, y)
xi (w, y) = = αi (3.35)
∂wi wi
xi (t w, y) = xi (w, y) (3.36)
170
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
This condition is fulfilled for the input demand functions derived from any linearly homogeneous
Cobb-Douglas cost function:
Furthermore, input demand functions should be symmetric with respect to input prices:
∂xi (t w, y) ∂xj (t w, y)
= (3.38)
∂wj ∂wi
This condition is fulfilled for the input demand functions derived from any Cobb-Douglas cost
function:
∂xi (t w, y)
≤0 (3.41)
∂wi
This condition is fulfilled for the input demand functions derived from any linearly homogeneous
Cobb-Douglas cost function that is monotonically increasing in all input prices (as this implies
0 ≤ αi ≤ 1):
∂xi (w, y) wj
ij (w, y) = (3.45)
∂wj xi (w, y)
αi ∂c(w, y) wj c(w, y) wj
= − δij αi (3.46)
wi ∂wj xi (w, y) wj2 xi (w, y)
αi c(w, y) wj c(w, y)
= αj − δij αi (3.47)
wi wj xi (w, y) wi xi (w, y)
171
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
c(w, y) αi
= αi αj − δij (3.48)
wi xi (w, y) si (w, y)
αi αj αi
= − δij (3.49)
si (w, y) si (w, y)
= αj − δij (3.50)
∂xi (w, y) y
iy (w, y) = (3.51)
∂y xi (w, y)
∂c(w, y) αi y
= (3.52)
∂y wi xi (w, y)
c(w, y) αi y
= αy (3.53)
y wi xi (w, y)
c(w, y) y
= αi αy (3.54)
y wi xi (w, y)
c(w, y)
= αi αy (3.55)
wi xi (w, y)
αi
= αy (3.56)
si (w, y)
= αy (3.57)
All derived input demand elasticities based on our estimated Cobb-Douglas cost function with
linear homogeneity imposed are presented in table 3.1. If the price of capital increases by one
percent, the cost-minimizing firm will decrease the use of capital by 0.93% and increase the
use of labor and materials by 0.07% each. If the price of labor increases by one percent, the
cost-minimizing firm will decrease the use of labor by 0.55% and increase the use of capital and
materials by 0.45% each. If the price of materials increases by one percent, the cost-minimizing
firm will decrease the use of materials by 0.52% and increase the use of capital and labor by
0.48% each. If the cost-minimizing firm increases the output quantity by one percent, (s)he will
increase all input quantities by 0.37%. The price elasticities derived from the Cobb-Douglas cost
function with linear homogeneity imposed are rather similar to the price elasticities derived from
the Cobb-Douglas production function but the elasticities with respect to the output quantity are
rather dissimilar (compare Tables 2.1 and 3.1). In theory, elasticities derived from a cost function,
which corresponds to a specific production function, should be identical to elasticities which are
directly derived from the production function. However, although our production function and
cost function are supposed to model the same production technology, their elasticities are not
the same. These differences arise from different econometric assumptions (e.g. exogeneity of
explanatory variables) and the disturbance terms, which differ between both models so that the
production technology is fitted differently.
Given Euler’s theorem and the cost function’s homogeneity in input prices, following condition
172
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Table 3.1: Conditional demand elasticities derived from Cobb-Douglas cost function (with linear
homogeneity imposed)
wcap wlab wmat y
xcap -0.93 0.45 0.48 0.37
xlab 0.07 -0.55 0.48 0.37
xmat 0.07 0.45 -0.52 0.37
The input demand elasticities derived from any linearly homogeneous Cobb-Douglas cost function
fulfill the homogeneity condition:
X X X X
ij (w, y) = (αj − δij ) = αj − δij = 1 − 1 = 0 ∀ i (3.59)
j j j j
As we computed the elasticities in table 3.1 based on the Cobb-Douglas function with linear
homogeneity imposed, these conditions are fulfilled for these elasticities, e.g. for i = cap: -0.93 +
0.45 + 0.48 = 0.
It follows from the necessary conditions for the concavity of the cost function that all own-price
elasticities are non-positive:
ii ≤ 0 ∀ i (3.60)
The input demand elasticities derived from any linearly homogeneous Cobb-Douglas cost function
that is monotonically increasing in all input prices fulfill the negativity condition, because linear
= 1) and monotonicity (αi ≥ 0 ∀ i) together imply that all αi s (optimal cost
P
homogeneity ( i αi
shares) are between zero and one (0 ≤ αi ≤ 1 ∀ i):
ii = αi − 1 ≤ 0 ∀ i (3.61)
As our Cobb-Douglas function with linear homogeneity imposed fulfills the homogeneity, mono-
tonicity, and concavity condition, the own-price elasticities (on the diagonal) in table 3.1 fulfill
the negativity conditions.
The symmetry condition for derived demand elasticities
173
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Hence, the symmetry condition is also fulfilled for the elasticities in table 3.1, e.g. scap cap,lab =
αcap cap,lab = 0.07 · 0.45 is equal to slab lab,cap = αlab lab,cap = 0.45 · 0.07.
∂c(w, y) c(w, y)
= αy (3.65)
∂y y
∂c(t w, y) ∂c(w, y)
=t (3.66)
∂y ∂y
This condition is fulfilled for the marginal costs derived from a linearly homogeneous Cobb-
Douglas cost function:
The resulting graph is shown in figure 3.3. It indicates that producing one additional output unit
increases the costs of most firms by around 0.08 monetary units.
Furthermore, we can check if the marginal costs are equal to the output prices, which is a
first-order condition for profit maximization:
174
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
25
Frequency
15
0 5
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
margCost
2.00
0.50
●
margCost
margCost
●
●●
●●
●
● ●
●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●●●●
●
●
●● ●●●
●● ●●
●
●
●
● ● ●
● ● ● ●
0.10
●●●● ●
●●●●
●
●●● ●● ●●
●
● ●
● ●● ●
●
●
●●●●●
●●●● ●
● ●●
●●
● ●
●●●●● ●
●●
●● ●
●●●●●
● ●●●● ●●●
● ●●● ● ●● ● ●
●
●
●
●
●● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●
●
●● ● ●
●
●● ●● ●●
●
●●● ●●
●●
●
●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
●●●●
●● ●● ●
●● ●
●
●●●● ● ●●●● ● ●
● ●● ●● ●● ● ● ●
0.02
●●
●●
●●●
●
● ●
●●
●●● ●●●● ● ●● ●
●● ●●● ●
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 0.02 0.10 0.50 2.00
pOut pOut
175
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.4. The marginal costs of all firms are considerably
smaller than their output prices. Hence, all firms would gain from increasing their output level.
This is not surprising for a technology with large economies of scale.
Now, we analyze, how the marginal costs depend on the output quantity:
0.50
● ●
0.5
●● ●
●
● ● ● ●●
●
●
● ● ●●
0.4
● ●●
0.20
●
●
● ● ●●
● ●● ●●
margCost
margCost
● ●●●●
●
● ●
●●●●
0.3
●●●
●●
●●●
●● ●
● ●●●
0.10
●● ● ●● ●●
●
● ●●●●●● ●
●
● ●●● ●●● ●● ●
●
● ●●●●
● ●● ●●●
● ●● ●●●● ●
0.2
●
● ● ●
●● ●●●●●
●
●● ●● ● ● ●
●●
●●●
0.05
● ● ● ● ●
●●
●
●● ● ● ●● ●●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ●●● ●
0.1
●
●
●●●
● ●
●●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● ● ●●
●
●●
●
●●
●● ●●●
● ● ● ●
●●●●
●
● ●
●●●
●●
● ● ●
●●●
●● ●●
●●●●● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ●●●● ● ● ●
qOut qOut
Figure 3.5: Marginal costs depending on output quantity and firm size
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.5. Due to the large economies of size, the marginal
costs are decreasing with the output quantity.
The relation between output quantity and marginal costs in a Cobb-Douglas cost function can
be analyzed by taking the first derivative of the marginal costs (3.65) with respect to the output
quantity:
∂M C ∂ αy c(w,y)
y
= (3.68)
∂y ∂y
αy ∂c(w, y) c(w, y)
= − αy (3.69)
y ∂y y2
αy c(w, y) c(w, y)
= αy − αy (3.70)
y y y2
c
= αy 2 (αy − 1) (3.71)
y
As αy , c, and y 2 should always be positive, the marginal costs are (globally) increasing in the
output quantity, if there are decreasing returns to size (i.e. αy > 1) and the marginal costs are
(globally) decreasing in the output quantity, if there are increasing returns to size (i.e. αy < 1).
Now, we illustrate our estimated model by drawing the total cost curve for output quantities
between the minimum and the maximum output level in the sample, where we use the sample
176
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
means of the input prices. Furthermore, we draw the average cost curve and the marginal cost
curve for the above-mentioned output quantities and input prices:
1.5
1000000
total costs
1.0
average costs
600000
marginal costs
0.5
200000
0.0
y y
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.6. As the marginal costs are equal to the average costs
multiplied by a fixed factor, αy (see equation 3.65), the average cost curve and the marginal cost
curve of a Cobb-Douglas cost function cannot intersect. Hence, the average costs curve based on
a Cobb-Douglas cost function does not have a minimum (for finite output quantities y).
177
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
where cv denotes the variable costs as defined in (1.3), N 1 is a vector of the indices of the variable
inputs, and N 2 is a vector of the indices of the quasi-fixed inputs. The Cobb-Douglas short-run
cost function can be linearized to
X X
ln cv = α0 + αi ln wi + αj ln xj + αy ln y (3.73)
i∈N 1 j∈N 2
with α0 = ln A.
3.3.2 Estimation
The following commands estimate a Cobb-Douglas short-run cost function with capital as a
quasi-fixed input and summarize the results:
> costCDSR <- lm( log( vCost ) ~ log( pLab ) + log( pMat ) + log( qCap ) + log( qOut ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( costCDSR )
Call:
lm(formula = log(vCost) ~ log(pLab) + log(pMat) + log(qCap) +
log(qOut), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.73935 -0.20934 -0.00571 0.20729 0.71633
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 5.66013 0.42523 13.311 < 2e-16 ***
log(pLab) 0.45683 0.13819 3.306 0.00121 **
log(pMat) 0.44144 0.07715 5.722 6.50e-08 ***
log(qCap) 0.19174 0.04034 4.754 5.05e-06 ***
log(qOut) 0.29127 0.03318 8.778 6.49e-15 ***
---
178
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
3.3.3 Properties
This short-run cost function is (significantly) increasing in the prices of the variable inputs (labor
and materials) as the coefficient of the labor price (0.457) and the coefficient of the materials
price (0.441) are both positive. However, this short-run cost function is not linearly homogeneous
in input prices, as the coefficient of the labor price and the coefficient of the materials price do not
sum up to one (0.457 + 0.441 = 0.898). The short-run cost function is increasing in the output
quantity with a short-run cost flexibility of 0.291, which corresponds to a short-run elasticity of
size of 3.433. However, this short-run cost function is increasing in the quantity of the fixed input
(capital), as the corresponding coefficient is (significantly) positive (0.192) which contradicts
microeconomic theory. This would mean that the apple producers could reduce variable costs
(costs from labor and materials) by reducing the capital input (e.g. by destroying their apple trees
and machinery), while still producing the same amount of apples. Producing the same output
level with less of all inputs is not plausible. The violation of the monotonicity property regarding
the capital input is probably caused by model misspecification. For instance, the assumption
that the capital input quantity is exogenously given may not hold; the capital input quantity
could be positively correlated with the error term, e.g. if poorly performing firms (with higher
variable costs) use more capital than well performing firms (with lower variable costs) to produce
the same output quantity.
c X wi X
ln = α0 + αi ln + αj ln xj + αy ln y (3.74)
wk 1
wk 2
i∈N \k j∈N
with k ∈ N 1 . We can estimate a Cobb-Douglas short-run cost function with capital as a quasi-
fixed input and linear homogeneity in input prices imposed by the command:
> costCDSRHom <- lm( log( vCost / pMat ) ~ log( pLab / pMat ) +
+ log( qCap ) + log( qOut ), data = dat )
> summary( costCDSRHom )
Call:
lm(formula = log(vCost/pMat) ~ log(pLab/pMat) + log(qCap) + log(qOut),
179
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.78305 -0.20539 -0.00265 0.19533 0.71792
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 5.67882 0.42335 13.414 < 2e-16 ***
log(pLab/pMat) 0.53487 0.06781 7.888 9.00e-13 ***
log(qCap) 0.18774 0.03978 4.720 5.79e-06 ***
log(qOut) 0.29010 0.03306 8.775 6.33e-15 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
We can obtain the coefficient of the materials price from the homogeneity condition (3.20): 1 −
0.535 = 0.465. We can test the homogeneity restriction by a likelihood ratio test:
Given the large P -value, we can conclude that the data do not contradict the linear homogeneity
in the prices of the variable inputs.
While the linear homogeneity in the prices of all variable inputs is accepted and the short-run
cost function is still increasing in the output quantity and the prices of all variable inputs, the
estimated short-run cost function is still increasing in the capital quantity, which contradicts
microeconomic theory. Therefore, a further microeconomic analysis with this function is not
reasonable.
180
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N
X
ln c(w, y) = α0 + αi ln wi + αy ln y (3.75)
i=1
N X N
1 1
αij ln wi ln wj + αyy (ln y)2
X
+
2 i=1 j=1
2
N
X
+ αiy ln wi ln y
i=1
3.4.2 Estimation
The Translog cost function can be estimated by following command:
> costTL <- lm( log( cost ) ~ log( pCap ) + log( pLab ) + log( pMat ) +
+ log( qOut ) + I( 0.5 * log( pCap )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( pLab )^2 ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( pMat )^2 ) + I( log( pCap ) * log( pLab ) ) +
+ I( log( pCap ) * log( pMat ) ) + I( log( pLab ) * log( pMat ) ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( qOut )^2 ) + I( log( pCap ) * log( qOut ) ) +
+ I( log( pLab ) * log( qOut ) ) + I( log( pMat ) * log( qOut ) ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( costTL )
Call:
lm(formula = log(cost) ~ log(pCap) + log(pLab) + log(pMat) +
log(qOut) + I(0.5 * log(pCap)^2) + I(0.5 * log(pLab)^2) +
I(0.5 * log(pMat)^2) + I(log(pCap) * log(pLab)) + I(log(pCap) *
log(pMat)) + I(log(pLab) * log(pMat)) + I(0.5 * log(qOut)^2) +
I(log(pCap) * log(qOut)) + I(log(pLab) * log(qOut)) + I(log(pMat) *
log(qOut)), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.73251 -0.18718 0.02001 0.15447 0.82858
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
181
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
As the Cobb-Douglas cost function is nested in the Translog cost function, we can use a
statistical test to check whether the Cobb-Douglas cost function fits the data as good as the
Translog cost function:
182
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Given the very small P -value, we can conclude that the Cobb-Douglas cost function is not suitable
for analyzing the production technology in our data set.
183
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N N X N N N
X 1 X 1 X X
ln t = ln(t) αi + ln(t) ln(t) αij + ln(t) ln(wj ) αij (3.81)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
2 j=1 i=1
N N N
1 X X X
+ ln(t) ln(wi ) αij + ln(t) ln y αiy
2 i=1 j=1 i=1
N N X N N N
X 1 X 1X X
1= αi + ln(t) αij + ln(wj ) αij (3.82)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
2 j=1 i=1
N N N
1X X X
+ ln(wi ) αij + ln y αiy
2 i=1 j=1 i=1
Hence, the homogeneity condition is only globally fulfilled (i.e. no matter which values t, w, and
y have) if the following parameter restrictions hold:
N
X
αi = 1 (3.83)
i=1
N N
X αij =αji X
αij = 0 ∀ j ←−−−−→ αij = 0 ∀ i (3.84)
i=1 j=1
N
X
αiy = 0 (3.85)
i=1
We can see from the estimates above that these conditions are not fulfilled in our Translog cost
function. For instance, according to condition (3.83), the first-order coefficients of the input
prices should sum up to one but our estimates sum up to 0.199 + (−0.025) + (−1.245) = −1.071.
Hence, the homogeneity condition is not fulfilled in our estimated Translog cost function.
N
X −1
αN = 1 − αi (3.86)
i=1
N
X −1
αN j = − αij ∀ j (3.87)
i=1
N
X −1
αiN = − αij ∀ i (3.88)
j=1
N
X −1
αN y = − αiy (3.89)
i=1
Replacing αN , αN y and all αiN and αjN in equation (3.75) by the right-hand sides of equa-
184
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N −1
c(w, y) X wi
ln = α0 + αi ln + αy ln y (3.90)
wN i=1
w N
−1 N −1
1 NX wi wj 1
+ αyy (ln y)2
X
+ αij ln ln
2 j=1 i=1 wN wN 2
N −1
X wi
+ αiy ln ln y.
i=1
wN
This Translog cost function with linear homogeneity imposed can be estimated by following
command:
> costTLHom <- lm( log( cost / pMat ) ~ log( pCap / pMat ) +
+ log( pLab / pMat ) + log( qOut ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( pCap / pMat )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( pLab / pMat )^2 ) +
+ I( log( pCap / pMat ) * log( pLab / pMat ) ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( qOut )^2 ) + I( log( pCap / pMat ) * log( qOut ) ) +
+ I( log( pLab / pMat ) * log( qOut ) ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( costTLHom )
Call:
lm(formula = log(cost/pMat) ~ log(pCap/pMat) + log(pLab/pMat) +
log(qOut) + I(0.5 * log(pCap/pMat)^2) + I(0.5 * log(pLab/pMat)^2) +
I(log(pCap/pMat) * log(pLab/pMat)) + I(0.5 * log(qOut)^2) +
I(log(pCap/pMat) * log(qOut)) + I(log(pLab/pMat) * log(qOut)),
data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-0.6860 -0.2086 0.0192 0.1978 0.8281
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 23.714976 3.445289 6.883 2.24e-10 ***
log(pCap/pMat) 0.306159 0.525789 0.582 0.561383
log(pLab/pMat) 1.093860 1.169160 0.936 0.351216
log(qOut) -1.933605 0.501090 -3.859 0.000179 ***
I(0.5 * log(pCap/pMat)^2) 0.025951 0.089977 0.288 0.773486
I(0.5 * log(pLab/pMat)^2) 0.716467 0.338049 2.119 0.035957 *
I(log(pCap/pMat) * log(pLab/pMat)) -0.292889 0.142710 -2.052 0.042144 *
185
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
We can use a likelihood ratio test to compare this function with the unconstrained Translog cost
function (3.75):
The null hypothesis, linear homogeneity in input prices, is rejected at the 10% significance level
but not at the 5% level. Given the importance of microeconomic consistency and that 5% is the
standard significance level, we continue our analysis with the Translog cost function with linear
homogeneity in input prices imposed.
Furthermore, we can use a likelihood ratio test to compare this function with the Cobb-Douglas
cost function with homogeneity imposed (3.24):
186
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Again, the Cobb-Douglas functional form is clearly rejected by the data in favor of the Translog
functional form.
We can compute the total costs that are predicted by our estimated Translog cost function and
compare them to the observed costs by following commands:
●
2e+06
●
2500000
●
●
●●
●
dat$costTLHom
dat$costTLHom
●
●
● ●
●●
●● ● ● ●●
● ●●● ●●
●● ●●
●●●
● ●●
●
5e+05
●●
● ●●● ● ●●
●● ●●
● ● ●● ●●● ●
●●
●
● ●
● ● ●●● ● ● ● ● ●
1000000
●
● ●● ●
●●●●●●●● ● ●
●
●
●
●● ● ● ●●● ● ● ●
●●●●●
●● ●● ●
● ● ●●
● ●
●●● ●
●● ● ● ●
●●●
●●● ●
2e+05
● ●●
●● ●
● ●●● ●● ●●●●
● ●●
● ●●
●●●●●
●●●
●● ●
● ●
●● ●
● ●●● ●
●●●
●●●
●●●●
●●
● ●●
●
●
●●
● ●
●●●
●●●
●●
●
●●●
●
●● ●
●
●
●●
●●
●● ●
●●
●
●
●●●●● ●
●
0
dat$cost dat$cost
187
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
(directly) estimated parameters and equations (3.86) to (3.89). Please note that the specification
in equation (3.90) is used for the econometric estimation only; after retrieving the non-estimated
parameters, we can do our analysis based on equation (3.75). To facilitate the further analysis,
we create short-cuts of all estimated parameters and obtain the parameters that have not been
directly estimated:
> # alpha_ij
> matrix( c( ch11, ch12, ch13, ch21, ch22, ch23, ch31, ch32, ch33 ), ncol=3 )
188
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N
∂ ln c(w, y) X
= αy + αiy ln wi + αyy ln y (3.91)
∂ ln y i=1
We can calculate the cost flexibilities and the elasticities of size with following commands:
60
120
30
50
25
40
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
80
20
30
60
15
20
40
10
10
20
5
0
Figure 3.8: Translog cost function: cost flexibility and elasticity of size
The resulting graphs are presented in figure 3.8. Only 1 out of 140 cost flexibilities is negative.
Hence, the estimated Translog cost function is to a very large extent increasing in the output
quantity. All cost flexibilities are lower than one, which indicates that all apple producers operate
under increasing returns to size. Most cost flexibilities are around 0.5, which corresponds to an
elasticity of size of 2. Hence, if the apple producers increase their output quantity by one percent,
the total costs of most producers increases by around 0.5 percent. Or—the other way round—if
189
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
the apple producers increase their input use so that their costs increase by one percent, the output
quantity of most producers would increase by around two percent.
With the following commands, we visualize the relationship between output quantity and
elasticity of size
10
10
●
●
● ●●
80
8
● ●
●
● ●●
60
dat$elaSize
dat$elaSize
dat$elaSize
●
● ●●
6
6
● ●
● ●●
40
● ●
●
● ● ●●
● ●
●
●● ●
●●● ●
4
4
●
● ●
●●
● ●
● ●●
● ●
20
●
●
●● ● ● ●●●●●●
● ●●
●
●
●●
● ● ●
●
● ●●
●●●
● ●●
●
●●● ● ●
●●●●●●●
● ●
●●
●
●
●●
●
● ●●●
●
● ●
●●
●
● ●●
●
●
● ●●
●●
●
●●● ●● ●
●
●●●
●
●●●●
2
2
●
● ●
●●●
●●
●
●
●●
●
●● ● ●
● ●
●
●●
●●
●
●
●●
●
●
●●
●●
●
●●
●●
●●
●
●●
●●
● ●●●
● ●●●● ● ●●●
●●●●● ●
●
●●
●●●
●
●●
●
●●●●
●●●● ● ● ● ●●● ● ● ● ● ●●● ●
0
● ● ●●● ●●
−20
●
0
0
0.0e+00 1.0e+07 2.0e+07 0.0e+00 1.0e+07 2.0e+07 1e+05 5e+05 5e+06
Figure 3.9: Translog cost function: output quantity and elasticity of size
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.9. With increasing output quantity, the elasticity of
size approaches one (from above). Hence, small apple producers could gain a lot from increasing
their size, while large apple producers would gain much less from increasing their size. However,
even the largest producers still gain from increasing their size so that the optimal firm size is
larger than the largest firm in the sample.
N
!
∂c(w, y) ∂ ln c(w, y) c(w, y) X c(w, y)
= = αy + αiy ln wi + αyy ln y . (3.93)
∂y ∂ ln y y i=1
y
Hence, they are—as always—equal to the cost flexibility multiplied by total costs and divided by
the output quantity. Hence, we can compute the marginal costs by:
190
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
40
Frequency
20
0
−0.15 −0.05 0.05 0.15
margCostTL
The resulting graph is shown in figure 3.10. It indicates that producing one additional output
unit increases the costs of most firms by around 0.09 monetary units.
Furthermore, we can check if the marginal costs are equal to the output prices, which is a
first-order condition for profit maximization:
2.00
2.0
0.50
margCostTL
margCostTL
●
●● ●
● ●● ●
●●
●●●
●● ● ●●
●●
0.10
●●
●●● ●
●●●
1.0
●
●
● ●●●●
●
●●● ●●
●
●● ●
●●
●●
●●
●
● ●
●●●
●●●● ●
●
●●●
●●●
● ●
●●●
●●●
● ● ●●●
●
● ● ●●●
●
●●
●●●●●
● ●
●● ●●●●●
● ● ●
●●
●
●
0.02
●
● ●
●●●●
●
●●● ●● ●● ●●● ●●●●● ● ●
●
●●
●●●●
●●
●
● ●●
●●●
● ●● ● ●●●●
●●●
0.0
●
●
●●
●●
●
●●
●●
●●
●●
●
●
●
●●●
● ●
● ● ●●
● ●
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 0.02 0.10 0.50 2.00
pOut pOut
Figure 3.11: Translog cost function: marginal costs and output prices
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.11. The marginal costs of all firms are considerably
smaller than their output prices. Hence, all firms would gain from increasing their output level.
This is not surprising for a technology with large economies of scale.
Now, we analyze, how the marginal costs depend on the output quantity:
191
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
● ●
● ●
0.15
0.15
●●
● ● ● ●
●● ● ●
● ● ●
●●●
●
●●● ●●● ●
● ●●●● ●● ●●● ● ● ●
●●
●● ●
●● ● ●
●●● ●
●
●●●●
● ●●●● ● ● ● ●
●● ● ●● ●● ● ●●● ● ●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
●●●
●●●
●●●●●
● ● ●●● ● ●●●
●● ●
●
● ●●●●● ●
●● ●
●●●
●
●●
●● ●
●●●●●●
● ● ● ●
●●●●●●
●●
●
●●●● ●●
● ●
●●
●●
●●
●●
●
●
●●
● ● ● ● ●●●●
● ●● ●●
●● ●
●● ●
● ●● ●
●
●●●
●
●
●●● ● ●●● ● ●
●
● ●●
● ●●● ●
margCost
margCost
● ●
0.05
0.05
●●● ●
●●● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●●
●●● ●● ● ●
●
● ●
● ●
● ●
−0.05
−0.05
−0.15
−0.15
● ●
qOut qOut
Figure 3.12: Translog cost function: Marginal costs depending on output quantity
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.12. There is no clear relationship between marginal
costs and the output quantity.
Now, we illustrate our estimated model by drawing the average cost curve and the marginal
cost curve for output quantities between 0 and five times the maximum output level in the sample,
where we use the sample means of the input prices.
192
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
0.100
0.5
average costs, marginal costs
0.090
0.3
0.080
0.2
0.1
0.070
y y
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.13. The average costs are decreasing until an output
level of around 70,000,000 units (1 unit ≈ 1 Euro) and they are increasing for larger output
quantities. The average cost curve intersects the marginal cost curve (of course) at its minimum.
However, as the maximum output level in the sample (approx. 25,000,000 units) is considerably
lower than the minimum of the average cost curve (approx. 70,000,000 units), the estimated
minimum of the average cost curve cannot be reliably determined because there are no data in
this region.
∂c(w, y)
xi (w, y) = (3.94)
∂wi
∂ ln c(w, y) c
= (3.95)
∂ ln wi wi
193
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N
X c
= αi + αij ln wj + αiy ln y (3.96)
j=1
wi
And we can re-arrange these derived input demand functions in order to obtain the cost-minimizing
cost shares:
N
wi xi (w, y) X
si (w, y) ≡ = αi + αij ln wj + αiy ln y (3.97)
c j=1
We can calculate the cost-minimizing cost shares based on our estimated Translog cost function
by following commands:
30
30
20
25
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
20
15
20
15
10
10
10
5
5
0
−0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.5 1.0 −0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.14. As the signs of the derived optimal cost shares are
equal to the signs of the first derivatives of the cost function with respect to the input prices, we
can check whether the cost function is non-decreasing in input prices by checking if the derived
optimal cost shares are non-negative. Counting the negative derived optimal cost shares, we find
that our estimated cost function is decreasing in the capital price at 24 observations, decreasing
in the labor price at 10 observations, and decreasing in the materials price at 3 observations.
194
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Given that out data set has 140 observations, our estimated cost function is to a large extent
non-decreasing in input prices.
As our estimated cost function is (forced to be) linearly homogeneous in all input prices, the
derived optimal cost shares always sum up to one:
[1] 1 1
We can use the following commands to compare the observed cost shares with the derived
cost-minimizing cost shares:
1.0
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
●
●
●● ●
1.0
● ●● ●
● ● ● ●●
● ●
● ● ●● ●
●● ● ● ●
0.6
● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ●● ●●
● ● ●
●● ●●● ●● ●●●● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
observed
observed
observed
●●● ●
● ● ●●● ● ●●●● ●● ● ●● ● ● ●●
●●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●
●● ●● ● ● ●● ● ●● ●
●● ●●
● ●●● ●
● ●
●
●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●●
●
●
●●●●● ●
●
● ●
●●● ● ●● ● ● ● ●● ●
0.5
● ● ●●
●●●
●
● ●● ●
● ●● ●●
●
●●●
● ●
●● ● ●
● ●
●
● ● ● ●●
● ● ● ●●● ●●● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●●● ● ● ●●●●●
●● ●
● ● ●●
●●
●●●
●
●
●●
●● ●
● ● ● ●● ●●● ● ● ●●●
●●●
● ●●●●● ●● ●●● ● ●●● ●●●●●●●● ● ●
●●
●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●●● ●
●●
●●● ●
●●●●
● ●●
●●● ●● ●●
●● ●
● ● ●● ● ●●●●●●● ●● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
●
●
●
● ● ● ●● ●●● ●●
0.2
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ●● ●●● ●● ●
●
0.0
−0.1
−0.2
−0.1 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.5 1.0 −0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Figure 3.15: Translog cost function: observed and cost-minimizing cost shares
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.15. Most firms use less than optimal materials, while
there is a tendency to use more than optimal capital and a very slight tendency to use more than
optimal labor.
Similarly, we can compare the observed input quantities with the cost-minimizing input quan-
tities:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.16. Of course, the conclusions derived from these
graphs are the same as conclusions derived from figure 3.15.
195
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
200000
1e+06
●
2e+05 4e+05
●
● ●
●
observed
observed
observed
● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ●
5e+05
100000
● ● ●● ●
●
● ●● ● ●
●
● ● ● ●●●● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●●● ● ●●● ●●●●●● ●
●● ●●● ●●●●●●●●●●
● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
●
●●
●
●●●●
● ● ●●● ● ●●
●
● ● ●●●●● ●
●●
●
●●●
●●●● ●● ● ● ●
●
●●●●● ●
●●●●
●
● ●
●●●
● ● ●
●
●●●
●
●
●●●●
● ●
● ●
● ●●
●
●
●
●● ●● ●● ●●●
● ●● ● ●●
●●●●
●
●●●
●
●●
●
●
●●●
●
● ● ● ● ● ●●
●● ●●
0e+00
●●
●● ● ●
●
●● ● ●● ● ●●●●
●●
● ●
●●● ●●●
●● ●
●●●
●
●
●
●
●
●●●
● ●●● ● ●
●●
●
● ●●●●●●
●
● ●● ●
●●
●●●
● ●
●
●
●●●●●
●
●●●●●●
●●● ●
●●●
●● ●
●●●●●
●●
●
−1e+05
● ●●● ● ● ●
●● ●
●●●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●●
●●●●
0
−1e+05 1e+05 3e+05 5e+05 0e+00 5e+05 1e+06 0 50000 150000 250000
Figure 3.16: Translog cost function: observed and cost-minimizing input quantities
∂xi (w, y) wj
ij (w, y) = (3.98)
∂wj xi (w, y)
PN
c
∂ αi + k=1 αik ln wk + αiy ln y wi wj
= (3.99)
∂wj xi
N
" !
αij c X xj
= + αi + αik ln wk + αiy ln y (3.100)
wj wi k=1
wi
N
! #
X c wj
−δij αi + αik ln wk + αiy ln y
k=1
wi2 xi
" #
αij c x i wi x j x i wi c wj
= + − δij (3.101)
wi wj c wi c wi2 xi
αij c wj x j wj
= + − δij (3.102)
wi x i c wi
αij
= + sj − δij , (3.103)
si
where δij (again) denotes Kronecker’s delta (2.82), and the input demand elasticities with respect
to the output quantity:
∂xi (w, y) y
iy (w, y) = (3.104)
∂y xi (w, y)
PN
c
∂ αi + k=1 αik ln wk + αiy ln y wi y
= (3.105)
∂y xi
N
" ! #
αiy c X ∂c 1 y
= + αi + αik ln wk + αiy ln y (3.106)
y wi k=1
∂y wi xi
196
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
αiy c wi xi ∂c 1 y
= + (3.107)
wi y c ∂y wi xi
αiy c ∂c y
= + (3.108)
wi xi ∂y c
αiy ∂ ln c
= + , (3.109)
si ∂ ln y
These demand elasticities indicate that when the capital price increases by one percent, the
demand for capital decreases by 0.638 percent, the demand for labor increases by 4.448 percent,
and the demand for materials increases by 0.594 percent. When the labor price increases by one
percent, the elasticities indicate that the demand for all inputs decreases, which is not possible
when the output quantity should be maintained. Furthermore, the symmetry condition for the
elasticities (3.62) indicates that the cross-price elasticities of each input pair must have the same
sign. However, this is not the case for the pairs capital–labor and materials–labor. The reason
for this is the negative predicted input share of labor:
197
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
Finally, the negativity constraint (3.60) is violated, because the own-price elasticity of materials
is positive (0.001).
When the output quantity is increased by one percent, the demand for capital increases by
0.165 percent, the demand for labor increases by 0.229 percent, and the demand for materials
increases by 0.398 percent.
Now, we create a three-dimensional array and compute the demand elasticities for all observa-
tions:
The following commands present the median values of the elasticities over all observations, at
which the monotonicity conditions are fulfilled; this makes sure that the optimal input shares are
always positive.
> dat$monoCostTLHom <- with( dat, shCap >= 0 & shLab >= 0 & shMat >= 0 &
+ costFlex >= 0 )
> apply( elaAll[ , , dat$monoCostTLHom ], c(1,2), median )
We can visualize the variations of the elasticities using histograms, where we—again—only
include observations, at which the monotonicity conditions are fulfilled.
198
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 3.17. While the conditional own-price elasticities of
capital and materials are negative at almost all observations, the conditional own-price elasticity
of labor is positive at almost all observations. These violations of the negativity constraint (3.60)
originate from the violation of the concavity condition. As all conditional elasticities of the capital
demand with respect to the materials price as well as all conditional elasticities of the materials
demand with respect to the capital price are positive, we can conclude that capital and materials
are net substitutes. In contrast, all cross-price elasticities between capital and labor as well as
between labor and materials are negative. This indicates that the two pairs capital and labor as
well as labor and materials are net complements.
When the output quantity is increased by one percent, most farms would increase both the
labor quantity and the materials quantity by around 0.5% and either increase or decrease the
capital quantity.
199
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
100
100
80
80
80
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
60
60
40
40
40
20
20
20
0
0
0 5 10 15 20 −300 −200 −100 0 0 50 100 150 200 250
100
100
80
80
80
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
60
60
60
40
40
40
20
20
20
0
0
−40 −30 −20 −10 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 −70 −50 −30 −10 0
100
80
80
80
60
60
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
60
40
40
40
20
20
20
0
50
40
40
40
30
Frequency
Frequency
Frequency
30
30
20
20
20
10
10
10
0
−40 −30 −20 −10 0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2
200
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N
!
1
αy ln y + αyy (ln y)2 +
X
= lim αiy ln wi ln y (3.111)
y→0+ 2 i=1
N
! !
1 X
= lim αy + αyy ln y + αiy ln wi ln y (3.112)
y→0+ 2 i=1
N
!
1 X
= lim αy + αyy ln y + αiy ln wi lim ln y (3.113)
y→0+ 2 i=1
y→0+
Hence, if coefficient αyy is negative and the output quantity approaches zero (from above), the
predicted cost (exponential function of the right-hand side of equation 3.75) approaches zero so
that the “no fixed costs” property is asymptotically fulfilled.
Our estimated Translog cost function with linear homogeneity in input prices imposed (of
course) is linearly homogeneous in input prices. Hence, the linear homogeneity property is globally
fulfilled.
A cost function is non-decreasing in the output quantity if the cost flexibility and the elasticity
of size are non-negative. As we can see from figure 3.8, only a single cost flexibility and thus,
only a single elasticity of size is negative. Hence, our estimated Translog cost function with linear
homogeneity in input prices imposed violates the monotonicity condition regarding the output
quantity only at a single observation.
Given Shepard’s lemma, a cost function is non-decreasing in input prices if the derived cost-
minimizing input quantities and the corresponding cost shares are non-negative. As we can see
from figure 3.14, our estimated Translog cost function with linear homogeneity in input prices
imposed predicts that 24 cost shares of capital, 10 cost shares of labor, and 3 cost shares of
materials are negative. In total, the monotonicity condition regarding the input prices is violated
at 36 observations:
> table( dat$shCap >= 0 & dat$shLab >= 0 & dat$shMat >= 0 )
FALSE TRUE
36 104
Concavity in input prices of the cost function requires that the Hessian matrix of the cost
function with respect to the input prices is negative semidefinite. The elements of the Hessian
matrix are:
201
3 Dual Approach: Cost Functions
N N
! !
αij c X xj X c
= + αi + αik ln wk + αiy ln y − δij αi + αik ln wk + αiy ln y
wj wi k=1
wi k=1
wi2
(3.117)
αij c x i wi x j x i wi c
= + − δij (3.118)
wi wj c wi c wi2
αij c xi xj xi
= + − δij , (3.119)
wi wj c wi
where δij (again) denotes Kronecker’s delta (2.82). As the elements of the Hessian matrix have
the same sign as the corresponding elasticities (Hij = ij (w, y) xi /wj ), the positive own-price
elasticities of labor in figure 3.17 indicate that the element Hlab,lab is positive at all observa-
tions, where the monotonicity conditions regarding the input prices are fulfilled. As negative
semidefiniteness requires that all diagonal elements of the (Hessian) matrix are negative, we can
conclude that the estimated Translog cost function is concave at not a single observation where
the monotonicity conditions regarding the input prices are fulfilled.
This means that our estimated Translog cost function is inconsistent with microeconomic theory
at all observations.
202
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
4.1 Theory
4.1.1 Profit functions
The profit function:
X
π(p, w) = max p y − wi xi , s.t. y = f (x) (4.1)
y,x
i
returns the maximum profit that is attainable given the output price p and input prices w.
It is important to distinguish the profit definition (1.4) from the profit function (4.1).
where w1 denotes the vector of the prices of all variable inputs, x2 denotes the vector of the
quantities of all quasi-fixed inputs, cs (w1 , y, x2 ) is the short-run cost function (see section 3.3),
π v denotes the gross margin defined in equation (1.5), and N 1 is a vector of the indices of the
variable inputs.
203
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
80
●
●
1e+07
●
● ● ●
●
60
●●●
● ● ● ●
● ●
●● ●●● ● ● ● ●
Frequency
● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
profit
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●●● ● ● ●
40
●● ●
●● ● ● ●●●● ● ●
5e+05
● ●● ●●
● ●● ● ● ●●
●●●● ● ● ● ●
● ●
● ●●● ●
● ●● ● ●● ●
● ●
20
● ●
● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ●
●
2e+04
●
●
0
profit X
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 4.1. The histogram shows that 14 out of 140 apple
producers (10%) have (slightly) negative profits. Although this seems to be not unrealistic, this
contradicts the non-negativity condition of the profit function. However, the observed negative
profits might have been caused by deviations from the theoretical assumptions that we have made
to derive the profit function, e.g. that all inputs can be instantly adjusted and that there are no
unexpected events such as severe weather conditions or pests. We will deal with these deviations
from our assumptions later and for now just ignore the observations with negative profits in
our analyses with the profit function. The right part of figure 4.1 shows that the profit clearly
increases with firm size.
The following commands graphically illustrate the variation of the gross margins and their
relationship to the firm size and the quantity of the quasi-fixed input:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 4.2. The histogram on the left shows that 8 out of
140 apple producers (6%) have (slightly) negative gross margins. Although this does not seem
to be unrealistic, this contradicts the non-negativity condition of the short-run profit function.
However, the observed negative gross margins might have been caused by deviations from the
theoretical assumptions, e.g. that there are no unexpected events such as severe weather condi-
tions or pests. The center part of figure 4.2 shows that the gross margin clearly increases with
the firm size (as expected). However, the right part of this figure shows that the gross margin is
only weakly positively correlated with the fixed input.
Please note that according to microeconomic theory, the short-run total profit π s —in contrast
204
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
80
● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
●●●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ●
●●● ●
●
● ● ●
●● ●●●● ● ●● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●
● ●
60
● ● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●
gross margin
gross margin
●● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●●● ●● ● ●●
Frequency
● ●●
●● ● ● ● ● ● ●●●●●● ● ●● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ●●
●
●●●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
●●●●● ●● ●
●
● ● ●● ●● ●
● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ● ● ●●● ● ●
● ●●
● ●●● ●
●
●●●
● ●● ●●● ●●●
●● ●
●
● ●
40
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
●● ● ●● ●
●
●
● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●
20
● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
● ●
● ●
0
0e+00 2e+07 4e+07 6e+07 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 5e+03 2e+04 1e+05 5e+05
where N 2 is a vector of the indices of the quasi-fixed inputs. However, in the long-run, profit
must be non-negative:
π(p, w) = max π s (p, w, x2 ) ≥ 0, (4.4)
x2
with α0 = ln A.
1
Please note that the Cobb-Douglas profit function is used as a simple example here but that it is much too
restrictive for most “real” empirical applications (Chand and Kaul, 1986).
205
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
4.3.2 Estimation
The linearized Cobb-Douglas profit function can be estimated by OLS. As the logarithm of a
negative number is not defined and function lm automatically removes observations with missing
data, we do not have to remove the observations (apple producers) with negative profits manually.
> profitCD <- lm( log( profit ) ~ log( pOut ) + log( pCap ) + log( pLab ) +
+ log( pMat ), data = dat )
> summary( profitCD )
Call:
lm(formula = log(profit) ~ log(pOut) + log(pCap) + log(pLab) +
log(pMat), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-3.6183 -0.2778 0.1261 0.5986 2.0442
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 13.9380 0.4921 28.321 < 2e-16 ***
log(pOut) 2.7117 0.2340 11.590 < 2e-16 ***
log(pCap) -0.7298 0.1752 -4.165 5.86e-05 ***
log(pLab) -0.1940 0.4623 -0.420 0.676
log(pMat) 0.1612 0.2543 0.634 0.527
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
As expected, lm reports that 14 observations have been removed due to missing data (logarithms
of negative numbers).
4.3.3 Properties
A Cobb-Douglas profit function is always continuous and twice continuously differentiable for all
p > 0 and wi > 0 ∀i. Furthermore, a Cobb-Douglas profit function automatically fulfills the
non-negativity property, because the profit predicted by equation (4.5) is always positive as long
as coefficient A is positive (given that all input prices and the output price are positive). As A
206
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
is usually obtained by applying the exponential function to the estimate of α0 , i.e. A = exp(α0 ),
A and hence, also the predicted profit, are always positive (even if α0 is non-positive).
The estimated coefficients of the output price and the input prices indicate that profit is
increasing in the output price and decreasing in the capital and labor price but it is increasing in
the price of materials, which contradicts microeconomic theory. However, the positive coefficient
of the (logarithmic) price of materials is statistically not significantly different from zero.
The Cobb-Douglas profit function is linearly homogeneous in all prices (output price and all
input prices) if the following condition is fulfilled:
Hence, the homogeneity condition is only fulfilled if the coefficient of the (logarithmic) output
price and the coefficients of the (logarithmic) input prices sum up to one. As they sum up to
2.71 + (−0.73) + (−0.19) + 0.16 = 1.95, the homogeneity condition is not fulfilled in our estimated
model.
N
X
αp = 1 − αi (4.15)
i=1
and replace αp in the profit function (4.6) by the right-hand side of the above equation:
!
X X
ln π = α0 + 1 − αi ln p + αi ln wi (4.16)
i i
207
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
X X
ln π = α0 + ln p − αi ln p + αi ln wi (4.17)
i i
X
ln π − ln p = α0 + αi (ln wi − ln p) (4.18)
i
π X wi
ln = α0 + αi ln (4.19)
p i
p
This Cobb-Douglas profit function with linear homogeneity imposed can be estimated by following
command:
> profitCDHom <- lm( log( profit / pOut ) ~ log( pCap / pOut ) +
+ log( pLab / pOut ) + log( pMat / pOut ), data = dat )
> summary( profitCDHom )
Call:
lm(formula = log(profit/pOut) ~ log(pCap/pOut) + log(pLab/pOut) +
log(pMat/pOut), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-3.6045 -0.2724 0.0972 0.6013 2.0385
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 14.27961 0.45962 31.068 < 2e-16 ***
log(pCap/pOut) -0.82114 0.16953 -4.844 3.78e-06 ***
log(pLab/pOut) -0.90068 0.25591 -3.519 0.000609 ***
log(pMat/pOut) -0.02469 0.23530 -0.105 0.916610
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The coefficient of the (logarithmic) output price can be obtained by the homogeneity restric-
tion (4.15). Hence, it is 1 − (−0.82) − (−0.9) − (−0.02) = 2.75. Now, all monotonicity conditions
are fulfilled: profit is increasing in the output price and decreasing in all input prices. We can
use a Wald test or a likelihood-ratio test to test whether the model and the data contradict the
homogeneity assumption:
208
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
Hypothesis:
log(pOut) + log(pCap) + log(pLab) + log(pMat) = 1
Both tests reject the null hypothesis, linear homogeneity in all prices, at the 10% significance
level but not at the 5% level. Given the importance of microeconomic consistency and that 5%
is the standard significance level, we continue our analysis with the Cobb-Douglas profit function
with linear homogeneity imposed.
209
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
∂π ∂ ln π π π
= = αi (4.20)
∂wi ∂ ln wi wi wi
and the first derivative with respect to the output price is:
∂π ∂ ln π π π
= = αp (4.21)
∂p ∂ ln p p p
Now, we can calculate the second derivatives as derivatives of the first derivatives (4.20)
and (4.21):
∂2π
∂π
∂ ∂w ∂ αi wπi
i
= = (4.22)
∂wi ∂wj ∂wj ∂wj
αi ∂π π
= − δij αi 2 (4.23)
wi ∂wj wi
αi π π
= αj − δij αi 2 (4.24)
wi wj wi
π
= αi (αj − δij ) (4.25)
wi wj
∂2π
∂π
∂ ∂w ∂ αi wπi
i
= = (4.26)
∂wi ∂p ∂p ∂p
αi ∂π
= (4.27)
wi ∂p
αi π
= αp (4.28)
wi p
π
= αi αp (4.29)
wi p
∂2π ∂ ∂π
∂p
∂ αp πp
= = (4.30)
∂p2 ∂p ∂p
αp ∂π π
= − αp 2 (4.31)
p ∂p p
αp π π
= αp − αp 2 (4.32)
p p p
π
= αp (αp − 1) 2 , (4.33)
p
210
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
We start with checking convexity in all prices of the Cobb-Douglas profit function without
homogeneity imposed.
To simplify the calculations, we define short-cuts for the coefficients:
Using these coefficients, we compute the second derivatives of our estimated Cobb-Douglas profit
function:
211
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
As the third element on the diagonal of this Hessian matrix is negative, the conditions for positive
semidefiniteness regarding the first-order principal minors are not fulfilled. Hence, we do not need
to calculate the higher-order principal minors of the Hessian matrix, as we already can conclude
that the Hessian matrix is not positive semidefinite and hence, the estimated profit function is
not convex at the first observation.2
We can check whether the third element on the diagonal of the Hessian matrix is non-negative
at other observations:
FALSE
140
As it is non-negative not at a single observation, we must conclude that the estimated Cobb-
Douglas profit function without homogeneity imposed violates the convexity property at all ob-
servations.
Now, we will check, whether our Cobb-Douglas profit function with linear homogeneity imposed
is convex in all prices. Again, we create short-cuts for the estimated coefficients:
212
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
As all diagonal elements of this Hessian matrix are non-negative, the conditions regarding the first-
order principal minors are all fulfilled. In the following, we calculate the six second-order principal
minors, the four third-order principal minors, and the determinant (fourth-order principal minor):
[1] 0.3656043
[1] 0.0001151481
[1] -1.129906e-19
[1] 0.0006685118
[1] 0.001795727
[1] 0.003384877
213
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
[1] 0.0001151481
[1] 0.02088665
[1] 0.0002138007
[1] 0.001795727
[1] -1.129906e-19
These principal minors are all either positive or very close to zero. For instance, the determinant
(fourth-order principal minor) of the Hessian is close to zero, where it is negative on some com-
puters but positive on other computers. As Hessian matrices of linear homogeneous functions
are always singular, it is expected that the determinant of the Hessian matrix (the N th-order
principal minor) is zero. However, the computed determinant of our Hessian matrix is not ex-
actly zero due to rounding errors, which are unavoidable on digital computers. Rounding errors
may also have caused that our calculations of other principle minors resulted in values that are
negative but very close to zero, although they are in fact zero or slightly positive. Assuming
that the principal minors that are very close to zero are in fact zero or positive, we can conclude
that our Cobb-Douglas profit function with linear homogeneity imposed is convex in all prices
at the first observation. We can check the semidefiniteness of a matrix more conveniently with
the command semidefiniteness (package miscTools), which (by default) checks the signs of
the principal minors and returns a logical value indicating whether the necessary and sufficient
conditions for negative or positive semidefiniteness are fulfilled:
We can check the semidefiniteness of a matrix more conveniently with the command semidef-
initeness (package miscTools), which (by default) checks the signs of the principal minors and
returns a logical value indicating whether the necessary and sufficient conditions for negative or
positive semidefiniteness are fulfilled:
[1] TRUE
In the following, we will check whether convexity in all prices is fulfilled at each observation in
the sample:
214
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
TRUE
140
This result indicates that the convexity condition is violated not at a single observation. Conse-
quently, our Cobb-Douglas profit function with linear homogeneity imposed is convex in all prices
at all observations.
We obtain the predicted profit from the Cobb-Douglas profit function with homogeneity im-
posed by:
215
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
In contrast to “real” shares, these “profit shares” are never between zero and one but they sum
up to one, as do “real” shares:
py−
P
py X wi x i i wi xi π
X
r+ ri = + − = = =1 (4.36)
i
π i
π π π
For instance, an optimal profit share of the output of αp = 2.75 means that profit maximization
would result in a total revenue that is 2.75 times as large as the profit, which corresponds to
a return on sales of 1/2.75 = 36%. Similarly, an optimal profit share of the capital input of
αcap = −0.82 means that profit maximization would result in total capital costs that are 0.82
times as large as the profit.
The following commands draw histograms of the observed profit shares and compare them to
the optimal profit shares, which are predicted by our Cobb-Douglas profit function with linear
homogeneity imposed:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 4.3. These results somewhat contradict previous results.
While the results based on production functions and cost functions indicate that the apple pro-
ducers on average use too much capital and too few materials, the results of the Cobb-Douglas
profit function indicate that almost all apple producers use too much materials and most apple
producers use too less capital and labor. However, the results of the Cobb-Douglas profit function
216
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
80
80
60
Frequency
Frequency
60
40
40
20
20
0
0
5 10 15 20 −6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0
60
Frequency
Frequency
40
40
20
20
0
−6 −4 −2 0 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0
Figure 4.3: Cobb-Douglas profit function: observed and optimal profit shares
217
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
are consistent with previous results regarding the output quantity: all results suggest that most
apple producers should produce more output.
∂π(p, w) π(p, w)
y(p, w) = = αp (4.37)
∂p p
∂π(p, w) π(p, w)
xi (p, w) = − = −αi (4.38)
∂wi wi
These output supply and input demand functions should be homogeneous of degree zero in all
prices:
This condition is fulfilled for the output supply and input demand functions derived from a
linearly homogeneous Cobb-Douglas profit function:
∂y(p, w) p
yp (p, w) = (4.43)
∂p y(p, w)
αp ∂π(p, w) p π(p, w) p
= − αp 2
(4.44)
p ∂p y(p, w) p y(p, w)
αp p π(p, w)
= y(p, w) − αp (4.45)
p y(p, w) p y(p, w)
αp
= αp − (4.46)
r(w, y)
= αp − 1 (4.47)
218
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
∂y(p, w) wj
yj (p, w) = (4.48)
∂wj y(p, w)
αp ∂π(p, w) wj
= (4.49)
p ∂wj y(p, w)
αp wj
=− xj (p, w) (4.50)
p y(p, w)
π(p, w) wj xj (p, w)
= −αp (4.51)
p y(p, w) π(p, w)
αp rj (w, y)
= (4.52)
r(w, y)
= αj (4.53)
∂xi (p, w) p
ip (p, w) = (4.54)
∂p xi (p, w)
αi ∂π(p, w) p
=− (4.55)
wi ∂p xi (p, w)
αi p
=− y(p, w) (4.56)
wi xi (p, w)
π(p, w) p y(p, w)
= −αi (4.57)
wi xi (p, w) π(p, w)
αi αp
= (4.58)
ri (w, y)
= αp (4.59)
∂xi (p, w) wj
ij (p, w) = (4.60)
∂wj xi (p, w)
αi ∂π(p, w) wj π(p, w) wj
=− + δij αi 2 (4.61)
wi ∂wj xi (p, w) wj xi (p, w)
αi wj π(p, w)
= xj (p, w) + δij αi (4.62)
wi xi (p, w) wi xi (p, w)
π(p, w) wj xj (p, w) αi
= αi − δij (4.63)
wi xi (p, w) π(p, w) ri (w, y)
αi rj (w, y) αi
= − δij (4.64)
ri (w, y) ri (w, y)
= αj − δij (4.65)
All derived input demand elasticities based on our Cobb-Douglas profit function with linear
homogeneity imposed are presented in table 4.1. If the output price increases by one percent, the
219
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
profit-maximizing firm will increase the use of capital, labor, and materials by 2.75% each, which
increases the production by 1.75%. The proportional increase of the input quantities (+2.75%)
results in a less than proportional increase in the output quantity (+1.75%). This indicates
that the model exhibits decreasing returns to scale, which is not surprising, because a profit
maximum cannot be in an area of increasing returns to scale (if all inputs are variable and all
markets function perfectly). If the price of capital increases by one percent, the profit-maximizing
firm will decrease the use of capital by 1.82% and decrease the use of labor and materials by 0.82%
each, which decreases the production by 0.82%. If the price of labor increases by one percent,
the profit-maximizing firm will decrease the use of labor by 1.9% and decrease the use of capital
and materials by 0.9% each, which decreases the production by 0.9%. If the price of materials
increases by one percent, the profit-maximizing firm will decrease the use of materials by 1.02%
and decrease the use of capital and labor by 0.02% each, which will decrease the production by
0.02%.
Table 4.1: Output supply and input demand elasticities derived from Cobb-Douglas profit func-
tion (with linear homogeneity imposed)
p wcap wlab wmat
y 1.75 -0.82 -0.9 -0.02
xcap 2.75 -1.82 -0.9 -0.02
xlab 2.75 -0.82 -1.9 -0.02
xmat 2.75 -0.82 -0.9 -1.02
with α0 = ln A.
4.4.2 Estimation
We can estimate a Cobb-Douglas short-run profit function with capital as a quasi-fixed input
using the following commands. Again, function lm automatically removes the observations (apple
220
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
> profitCDSR <- lm( log( vProfit ) ~ log( pOut ) + log( pLab ) + log( pMat ) +
+ log( qCap ), data = dat )
> summary( profitCDSR )
Call:
lm(formula = log(vProfit) ~ log(pOut) + log(pLab) + log(pMat) +
log(qCap), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-4.7422 -0.0646 0.2578 0.4931 0.8989
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 3.2739 1.2261 2.670 0.008571 **
log(pOut) 3.1745 0.2263 14.025 < 2e-16 ***
log(pLab) -1.6188 0.4434 -3.651 0.000381 ***
log(pMat) -0.7637 0.2687 -2.842 0.005226 **
log(qCap) 1.0960 0.1245 8.802 8.31e-15 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
4.4.3 Properties
This short-run profit function fulfills all microeconomic monotonicity conditions: it is increasing
in the output price, it is decreasing in the prices of all variable inputs, and it is increasing in the
quasi-fixed input quantity. However, the homogeneity condition is not fulfilled, as the coefficient
of the output price and the coefficients of the prices of the variable inputs do not sum up to one
but to 3.17 + (−1.62) + (−0.76) = 0.79.
221
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
> profitCDSRHom <- lm( log( vProfit / pOut ) ~ log( pLab / pOut ) +
+ log( pMat / pOut ) + log( qCap ), data = dat )
> summary( profitCDSRHom )
Call:
lm(formula = log(vProfit/pOut) ~ log(pLab/pOut) + log(pMat/pOut) +
log(qCap), data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-4.7302 -0.0677 0.2598 0.5160 0.8916
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 3.3145 1.2184 2.720 0.00743 **
log(pLab/pOut) -1.4574 0.2252 -6.471 1.88e-09 ***
log(pMat/pOut) -0.7156 0.2427 -2.949 0.00380 **
log(qCap) 1.0847 0.1212 8.949 3.50e-15 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
We can obtain the coefficient of the output price from the homogeneity condition (4.15): 1 −
(−1.457) − (−0.716) = 3.173. All microeconomic monotonicity conditions are still fulfilled: the
Cobb-Douglas short-run profit function with homogeneity imposed is increasing in the output
price, decreasing in the prices of all variable inputs, and increasing in the quasi-fixed input
quantity.
We can test the homogeneity restriction by a likelihood ratio test:
222
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
Given the large P -value, we can conclude that the data do not contradict the linear homogeneity
in the output price and the prices of the variable inputs.
Now, we can calculate the shadow price of the capital input for each apple producer who has a
positive gross margin and hence, was included in the estimation:
The following commands show the variation of the shadow prices of capital and compare them
to the observed capital prices:
223
4 Dual Approach: Profit Function
500.0
60
●
● ●
● ●●
●
10
● ●● ●● ●
50
● ●
●● ●● ●
●●●
50.0
8
●
●●●●
shadow prices
●● ●●
40
● ● ● ●
Frequency
Frequency
●●●●●●●●● ●
● ● ●● ●● ●●●
● ●
●●●● ●● ● ●
6
●● ● ●
●●
30
● ●●
● ●
● ● ●●
●●●●● ●
●
●●
●
●●● ●●
5.0
● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●●● ● ●
●● ●
●●●●● ●●●
●● ●
4
20
● ●
1.0
10
0.2
0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 4.4. The two histograms show that most shadow prices
are below 30 and many shadow prices are between 3 and 11 but there are also some apple
producers who would gain much more from increasing their capital input. Indeed, all apple
producers have a higher shadow price of capital than the observed price of capital, where the
difference is small for some producers and large for other producers. These differences can be
explained by risk aversion and market failures on the credit market or land market (e.g. marginal
prices are not equal to average prices).
224
5 Efficiency Measures
y
TE = ⇔ y = T E · y∗ 0 ≤ T E ≤ 1, (5.1)
y∗
where y is the observed output quantity and y ∗ is the maximum output quantity that can be
produced with the observed input quantities x.
The output-oriented technical efficiency according to Farrell is defined as
y∗
TE = ⇔ y∗ = T E · y T E ≥ 1. (5.2)
y
These efficiency measures are graphically illustrated in Bogetoft and Otto (2011, p. 26, fig-
ure 2.2).
x
TE = ⇔ x = T E · x∗ T E ≥ 1, (5.3)
x∗
where x is the observed input quantity and x∗ is the minimum input quantity at which the
observed output quantities y can be produced.
The input-oriented technical efficiency according to Farrell is defined as
x∗
TE = ⇔ x∗ = T E · x 0 ≤ T E ≤ 1. (5.4)
x
These efficiency measures are graphically illustrated in Bogetoft and Otto (2011, p. 26, fig-
ure 2.2).
225
5 Efficiency Measures
y1 y2 yM
TE = ∗ = ∗ = ... = ∗ ⇔ yi = T E · yi∗ ∀ i 0 ≤ T E ≤ 1, (5.5)
y1 y2 yM
quantities (given a proportional increase of all output quantities) that can be produced with the
observed input quantities x, and M is the number of outputs.
The output-oriented technical efficiency according to Farrell is defined as
y1∗ y∗ y∗
TE = = 2 = ... = M ⇔ yi∗ = T E · yi ∀ i T E ≥ 1. (5.6)
y1 y2 yM
These efficiency measures are graphically illustrated in Bogetoft and Otto (2011, p. 27, fig-
ure 2.3, right panel).
x1 x2 xN
TE = ∗ = ∗ = ... = ∗ ⇔ xi = T E · x∗i ∀ i TE ≥ 1 (5.7)
x1 x2 xN
where x1 , x2 , . . . , xN are the observed input quantities, x∗1 , x∗2 , . . . , x∗N are the minimum input
quantities (given a proportional decrease of all input quantities) at which the observed output
quantities y can be produced, and N is the number of inputs.
The input-oriented technical efficiency according to Farrell is defined as
x∗1 x∗ x∗
TE = = 2 = ... = N ⇔ x∗i = T E · xi ∀ i 0 ≤ T E ≤ 1. (5.8)
x1 x2 xN
These efficiency measures are graphically illustrated in Bogetoft and Otto (2011, p. 27, fig-
ure 2.3, left panel).
where ỹ is the vector of technically efficient output quantities and p is the vector of output prices.
226
5 Efficiency Measures
p y∗ p ŷ
AE = = , (5.11)
p ỹ p ỹ
where y ∗ is the vector of technically efficient and allocatively efficient output quantities and ŷ is
the vector of output quantities so that p ŷ = p y ∗ and ŷi /ỹi = AE ∀ i.
Finally, the revenue efficiency according to Farrell is
p y∗ p y ∗ p ỹ
RE = = = AE · T E (5.12)
py p ỹ p y
All these efficiency measures can also be specified according to Shepard by just taking the in-
verse of the Farrell specifications. These efficiency measures are graphically illustrated in Bogetoft
and Otto (2011, p. 40, figure 2.11).
where x̃ is the vector of technically efficient input quantities and w is the vector of output prices.
The input-oriented allocative efficiency according to Farrell is defined as
w x∗ w x̂
AE = = , (5.14)
w x̃ w x̃
where x∗ is the vector of technically efficient and allocatively efficient input quantities and x̂ is
the vector of output quantities so that w x̂ = w x∗ and x̂i /x̃i = AE ∀ i.
Finally, the cost efficiency according to Farrell is
w x∗ w x∗ w x̃
CE = = = AE · T E (5.15)
wx w x̃ w x
All these efficiency measures can also be specified according to Shepard by just taking the in-
verse of the Farrell specifications. These efficiency measures are graphically illustrated in Bogetoft
and Otto (2011, p. 36, figure 2.9).
227
5 Efficiency Measures
p y ∗ − w x∗
PE = , (5.16)
py−w x
where y ∗ and x∗ denote the profit maximizing output quantities and input quantities, respectively
(assuming full technical efficiency). The profit efficiency according to Shepard is just the inverse
of the Farrell specifications.
∂f (x) x
=1 (5.19)
∂x f (x)
Hence, a necessary (but not sufficient) condition for a maximum of the average product is an
elasticity of scale equal to one.
228
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
y y
o o
o o o o o o
o o o o
o o o o o o
o o o o
o o
o o o o
o o
o o
o o
x x
Source: Bogetoft and Otto (2011)
Figure 6.1: Production function estimation: ordinary regression and with intercept correction
This means that all residuals must be negative or zero. A production function with only
non-positive residuals could look like:
where −u ≤ 0 are the non-positive residuals. One solution to achieve this could be to estimate
an average production function by ordinary least squares and then simply shift the production
function up until all residuals are negative or zero (see right panel of figure 6.1). However, this
229
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
procedure does not account for statistical noise and is very sensitive to positive outliers.1 As
virtually all data sets and models are flawed with statistical noise, e.g. due to measurement
errors, omitted variables, and approximation errors, Meeusen and van den Broeck (1977) and
Aigner, Lovell, and Schmidt (1977) independently proposed the stochastic frontier model that
simultaneously accounts for statistical noise and technical inefficiency:
where −u ≤ 0 accounts for technical inefficiency and v accounts for statistical noise. This model
can be re-written (see, e.g. Coelli et al., 2005, p. 243):
As explained in section 5.1, Shepard’s output-oriented technical efficiencies are defined as the
ratio between the observed output and the frontier output (see also, e.g., Coelli et al., 2005,
p. 244):
y f (x) e−u ev
TE = = = e−u , (6.4)
f (x) ev f (x) ev
while Farrell’s output-oriented technical efficiencies are defined as the ratio between the frontier
output and the observed output:
f (x) ev f (x) ev
TE = = = eu . (6.5)
y f (x) e−u ev
As Shepard’s output-oriented technical efficiencies are much more frequently used than Farrell’s
output-oriented technical efficiencies, we will continue using Shepard’s output-oriented technical
efficiencies.
The stochastic frontier model is usually estimated by an econometric maximum likelihood
estimation, which requires distributional assumptions of the error terms. Most often, it is assumed
that the noise term v follows a normal distribution with zero mean and constant variance σv2 ,
the inefficiency term u follows a positive half-normal distribution or a positive truncated normal
distribution with constant scale parameter σu2 , and all vs and all us are independent:
where µ = 0 for a positive half-normal distribution and µ 6= 0 for a positive truncated normal
distribution. These assumptions result in a left-skewed distribution of the total error terms ε =
−u + v, i.e. the density function is flat on the left and steep on the right. Hence, it is very rare
that a firm has a large positive residual (much higher output than the production function) but
1
This is also true for the frequently-used Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA).
230
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
it is not so rare that a firm has a large negative residual (much lower output than the production
function).
Given the multiplicative specification of stochastic production frontier models (6.3) and assuming
that the random error v is zero, we can see that the marginal products are downscaled by the
level of the technical efficiency:
However, the partial production elasticities are unaffected by the efficiency level:
As the output elasticities do not depend on the firm’s technical efficiency, also the elasticity of
scale does not depend on the firm’s technical efficiency.
10 15 20
Frequency
Frequency
5
5
0
−1.5 −0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 −1.5 −0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 6.2. The residuals of both production functions are
left-skewed. This visual assessment of the skewness can be confirmed by calculating the skewness
using the function skewness that is available in the package moments:
231
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
[1] -0.4191323
[1] -0.3194211
As a negative skewness means that the residuals are left-skewed, it is likely that not all apple
producers are fully technically efficient.
However, the distribution of the residuals does not always have the expected skewness. Possible
reasons for an unexpected skewness of OLS residuals are explained in section 6.2.2.
We can use the command sfa (package frontier) to estimate stochastic production frontiers. The
basic syntax of the command sfa is similar to the syntax of the command lm. The following
command estimates a Cobb-Douglas stochastic production frontier assuming that the inefficiency
term u follows a positive halfnormal distribution:
232
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
log likelihood value: -133.8893
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
The parameters of the Cobb-Douglas production frontier can be interpreted as before. The
estimated production function is monotonically increasing in all inputs. The output elasticity of
capital is 0.161, the output elasticity of labor is 0.685, The output elasticity of materials is 0.466,
and the elasticity of scale is 1.312.
The estimation algorithm re-parameterizes the variance parameter of the noise term (σv2 ) and the
scale parameter of the inefficiency term (σu2 ) and instead estimates the parameters σ 2 = σv2 + σu2
and γ = σu2 /σ 2 . The parameter γ lies between zero and one and indicates the importance of the
inefficiency term. If γ is zero, the inefficiency term u is irrelevant and the results should be equal
to OLS results. In contrast, if γ is one, the noise term v is irrelevant and all deviations from the
production frontier are explained by technical inefficiency. As the estimate of γ is 0.897, we can
conclude that both statistical noise and inefficiency are important for explaining deviations from
the production function but that inefficiency is more important than noise. As σu2 is not equal to
the variance of the inefficiency term u, the estimated parameter γ cannot be interpreted as the
proportion of the total variance that is due to inefficiency. In fact, the variance of the inefficiency
term u is 2
µ µ µ
σu φ σu φ σu
V ar(u) = σu2 1 − − , (6.10)
µ µ
Φ σu Φ σu
where Φ(.) indicates the cumulative distribution function and φ(.) the probability density function
of the standard normal distribution. If the inefficiency term u follows a positive halfnormal
distribution (i.e. µ = 0), the above equation reduces to
h i
V ar(u) = σu2 1 − (2 φ (0))2 , (6.11)
We can calculate the estimated variances of the inefficiency term u and the noise term v by
following commands:
[1] 0.8966641
233
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
[1] 1.00004
[1] 0.8966997
[1] 0.3258429
[1] 0.10334
Hence, the proportion of the total variance (V ar(−u + v) = V ar(u) + V ar(v))2 that is due to
inefficiency is estimated to be:
[1] 0.7592169
This indicates that around 75.9% of the total variance is due to inefficiency.
The frontier package calculates these additional variance parameters (and some further variance
parameters) automatically, if argument extraPar of the summary() method is set to TRUE:
234
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
The additionally returned parameter are defined as follows: sigmaSqU = σu2 = σ 2 · γ, sigmaSqV
√
= σv2 = σ 2 · (1 − γ) = V ar (v), sigma = σ = σ 2 , sigmaU = σu = σu2 , sigmaV = σv = σv2 ,
p p
If there would be no inefficiencies, i.e. u = 0 for all observations, coefficient γ would be equal
to zero. Hence, one can test the null hypothesis of no inefficiencies by simply testing whether
γ is equal to (does not significantly deviate from) zero. However, a t-test of the null hypothesis
γ = 0 (e.g. reported in the output of the summary method) is not valid, because γ is bound to the
interval [0, 1] and hence, cannot follow a t-distribution. Instead, we can use a likelihood ratio test
to check whether adding the inefficiency term u significantly improves the fit of the model. If the
lrtest method is called just with a single stochastic frontier model, it compares the stochastic
frontier model with the corresponding OLS model (i.e. a model with γ equal to zero):
235
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
Under the null hypothesis (no inefficiency, only noise), the test statistic asymptotically follows a
mixed χ2 -distribution (Coelli, 1995).3 The rather small P-value indicates that the data clearly
reject the OLS model in favor of the stochastic frontier model, i.e. there is significant technical
inefficiency.
As neither the noise term v nor the inefficiency term u but only the total error term ε = −u + v
is known, the technical efficiencies T E = e−u are generally unknown. However, given that the
parameter estimates (including the parameters σ 2 and γ or σv2 and σu2 ) and the total error term ε
are known, it is possible to determine the expected value of the technical efficiency (see, e.g.
Coelli et al., 2005, p. 255):
E = E e−u
Td (6.12)
Now, we visualize the variation of the efficiency estimates using a histogram and we explore
the correlation between the efficiency estimates and the output as well as the firm size (measured
as aggregate input use by a Fisher quantity index of all inputs):
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 6.3. The efficiency estimates are rather low: the firms
only produce between 10% and 90% of the maximum possible output quantities. As the efficiency
directly influences the output quantity, it is not surprising that the efficiency estimates are highly
correlated with the output quantity. On the other hand, the efficiency estimates are only slightly
correlated with firm size. However, the largest firms all have an above-average efficiency estimate,
while only a very few of the smallest firms have an above-average efficiency estimate.
3
As a standard likelihood ratio test assumes that the test statistic follows a (standard) χ2 -distribution under the
null hypothesis, a test that is conducted by the command lrtest( prodCD, prodCDSfa ) returns an incorrect
P-value.
236
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
●● ●
● ●●●● ●
●● ● ●● ●
0.8
0.8
●● ●●●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●●● ●●
15
● ● ● ●● ● ●●
●
●
●● ●●● ●● ● ● ● ●
●● ●
● ● ●
●● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●●● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●● ●● ● ●● ●● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●
0.6
0.6
●●
● ●● ● ●
Frequency
● ● ●
●● ● ●●
● ●
10
●● ●● ●●
effCD
effCD
● ● ●
● ●
● ●●●● ● ●●● ● ●●
● ●●● ●●●●
●● ● ● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0.4
0.4
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●● ●● ●
● ● ●
●● ●● ●● ●●
●● ● ● ● ●
5
● ● ● ●
●●● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ●● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
0.2
0.2
● ● ● ● ● ● ●●
● ●● ● ●●
● ●●
● ● ● ●● ●
● ● ● ●
0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1e+05 5e+05 5e+06 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0
effCD qOut X
> prodTLSfa <- sfa( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat )
+ + I( 0.5 * log( qCap )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( qLab )^2 )
+ + I( 0.5 * log( qMat )^2 ) + I( log( qCap ) * log( qLab ) )
+ + I( log( qCap ) * log( qMat ) ) + I( log( qLab ) * log( qMat ) ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( prodTLSfa, extraPar = TRUE )
237
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
A likelihood ratio test confirms that the stochastic frontier model fits the data much better than
an average production function estimated by OLS:
238
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
A further likelihood ratio test indicates that it is not really clear whether the Translog stochastic
frontier model fits the data significantly better than the Cobb-Douglas stochastic frontier model:
Model 1: prodCDSfa
Model 2: prodTLSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 6 -133.89
2 12 -128.07 6 11.642 0.07045 .
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
While the Cobb-Douglas functional form is accepted at the 5% significance level, it is rejected in
favor of the Translog functional form at the 10% significance level.
The efficiency estimates based on the Translog stochastic production frontier can be obtained
(again) by the efficiencies method:
The following commands illustrate their variation, their correlation with the output level, and
their correlation with the firm size (measured as input use):
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 6.4. These efficiency estimates are rather similar to the
efficiency estimates based on the Cobb-Douglas stochastic production frontier. This is confirmed
by a direct comparison of these efficiency estimates:
The resulting graph is shown in figure 6.5. Most efficiency estimates only slightly differ between
the two functional forms but a few efficiency estimates are considerably higher for the Translog
functional form. The inflexibility of the Cobb-Douglas functional form probably resulted in an
insufficient adaptation of the frontier to some observations, which lead to larger negative residuals
and hence, lower efficiency estimates in the Cobb-Douglas model.
239
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
●● ● ●●●● ●
●●● ● ●●
12
●● ●●●● ●
● ●● ●● ● ● ●
●
0.8
0.8
●
●● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
●●● ●● ●● ●
● ●●
10
●● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ●
●●●●●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ●
●● ● ●
●● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ●
●●●●
0.6
0.6
● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
Frequency
● ●● ● ●●
8
● ● ● ●● ●
●
●●
effTL
effTL
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●● ● ●
●● ●
● ●
● ●●●●● ●● ●
● ●● ●●
●
●●●
6
● ●● ● ●
0.4
0.4
●
●
● ●● ●
● ●
● ●●● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ●●● ● ● ● ●● ●● ● ●
●● ● ●● ●
4
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
0.2
0.2
● ● ● ● ●
2
● ● ●●
● ● ● ●●
● ●●
● ● ●●● ● ●
● ●
● ●
0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1e+05 5e+05 5e+06 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0
effTL qOut X
●
●●
●
●
● ●●
●●
●
●●●●
0.8
● ● ●
●● ● ●●● ●
●● ●●
● ●● ● ●
● ●
●
●
●
● ●● ●
●● ● ●●●● ●
● ● ●●●●
● ●●●
0.6
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
●
●
effTL
●● ●●●
● ● ●
● ●●●
●●●
●
●●
●●● ●
0.4
●
●
●●
●● ●
●
●
●
●●
●●
●●
● ● ●●
● ●
●● ●●
●●●
●●
0.2
●● ●●
●●
●● ●
●
●
●
effCD
240
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
> prodTLmSfa <- sfa( log( qmOut ) ~ log( qmCap ) + log( qmLab ) + log( qmMat )
+ + I( 0.5 * log( qmCap )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( qmLab )^2 )
+ + I( 0.5 * log( qmMat )^2 ) + I( log( qmCap ) * log( qmLab ) )
+ + I( log( qmCap ) * log( qmMat ) ) + I( log( qmLab ) * log( qmMat ) ),
+ data = dat )
> summary( prodTLmSfa )
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
241
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
[1] TRUE
While the intercept and the first-order parameters have adjusted to the new units of measure-
ment, the second-order parameters, the variance parameters, and the efficiency estimates re-
main (nearly) unchanged. From the estimated coefficients of the Translog production frontier
with mean-scaled input quantities, we can immediately see that the monotonicity condition is
fulfilled at the sample mean, that the output elasticities of capital, labor, and materials are
0.131, 0.707, and 0.466, respectively, at the sample mean, and that the elasticity of scale is
0.131 + 0.707 + 0.466 = 1.303 at the sample mean.
where u ≥ 0 accounts for cost inefficiency and v accounts for statistical noise. This model can be
re-written as:
c = c(w, y) eu ev (6.14)
c f (x) eu ev
CE = = = eu , (6.15)
c(w, y) ev c(w, y) ev
c(w, y) ev c(w, y) ev
CE = = = e−u . (6.16)
c f (x) eu ev
Assuming a normal distribution of the noise term v and a positive half-normal distribution of
the inefficiency term u, the distribution of the residuals from a cost function is expected to be
right-skewed in the case of cost inefficiencies.
242
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
10 20 30 40
25
Frequency
Frequency
15
0 5
0
−0.5 0.0 0.5 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 6.6. The distributions of the residuals look approximately
symmetric and rather a little left-skewed than right-skewed (although we expected the latter).
This visual assessment of the skewness can be confirmed by calculating the skewness using the
function skewness that is available in the package moments:
[1] -0.05788105
[1] -0.03709506
The residuals of the two cost functions have both a small (in absolute terms) but negative
skewness, which means that the residuals are slightly left-skewed, although we expected right-
skewed residuals. It could be that the distribution of the unknown true total error term (u + v)
in the sample is indeed symmetric or slightly left-skewed, e.g. because
there is no cost inefficiency (but only noise) (the distribution of residuals is “correct”),
the distribution of the noise term is left-skewed, which neutralizes the right-skewed distri-
bution of the inefficiency term (misspecification of the distribution of the noise term in the
SFA model),
243
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
It could also be that the distribution of the unknown true residuals in the sample is right-skewed,
but the OLS estimates are left-skewed, e.g. because
Hence, a left-skewed distribution of the residuals does not necessarily mean that there is no
cost inefficiency, but it could also mean that the model is misspecified or that this is just by
coincidence.
> costCDHomSfa <- sfa( log( cost / pMat ) ~ log( pCap / pMat ) +
+ log( pLab / pMat ) + log( qOut ), data = dat,
+ ineffDecrease = FALSE )
> summary( costCDHomSfa )
244
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
The parameter γ, which indicates the proportion of the total residual variance that is caused by
inefficiency is close to zero and a t-test suggests that it is statistically not significantly different
from zero. As the t-test for the parameter γ is not always reliable, we use a likelihood ratio test
to verify this result:
This test confirms that the fit of the OLS model (which assumes that γ is zero and hence, that
there is no inefficiency) is not significantly worse than the fit of the stochastic frontier model.
In fact, the cost efficiency estimates are all very close to one. By default, the efficiencies()
method calculates the efficiency estimates as E [e−u ], which means that we obtain estimates
of Farrell-type cost efficiencies (6.16). Given that E [eu ] is not equal to 1/E [e−u ] (as the ex-
pectation operator is an additive operator), we cannot obtain estimates of Shepard-type cost
efficiencies (6.15) by taking the inverse of the estimates of the Farrell-type cost efficiencies (6.16).
However, we can obtain estimates of Shepard-type cost efficiencies (6.15) by setting argument
minusU of the efficiencies() method equal to FALSE, which tells the efficiencies() method
to calculate the efficiency estimates as E [eu ].
245
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
25
Frequency
Frequency
15
15
0 5
0 5
0.99729 0.99731 0.99733 1.00267 1.00269 1.00271
costEffCDHomFarrell costEffCDHomShepard
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 6.7. While the Farrell-type cost efficiencies are all slightly
below one, the Shepard-type cost efficiencies are all slightly above one. Both graphs show that
we do not find any relevant cost inefficiencies, although we have found considerable technical
inefficiencies.
20
10
0
residuals costCDSRHom
> costCDSRHomSfa <- sfa( log( vCost / pMat ) ~ log( pLab / pMat ) +
+ log( qCap ) + log( qOut ), data = dat, ineffDecrease = FALSE )
> summary( costCDSRHomSfa )
246
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
iteration failed
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
> costCDSRHomSfa <- sfa( log( vCost / pMat ) ~ log( pLab / pMat ) +
+ log( qCap ) + log( qOut ), data = dat, ineffDecrease = FALSE,
+ startVal = c( coef( costCDSRHom ), 0.1, 0.01 ) )
> summary( costCDSRHomSfa )
247
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
log likelihood value: -36.05537
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
5 10
0
costEffCDSRHom
where −u ≤ 0 accounts for profit inefficiency and v accounts for statistical noise. This model can
be re-written as:
π = π(p, w) e−u ev (6.18)
π π(w, y) e−u ev
PE = = = e−u (6.19)
π(w, y) ev π(w, y) ev
248
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
and indicates whether the apple producer uses an advisory service. In the following, we will
apply different methods to figure out whether the production process differs between users and
non-users of an advisory service.
This function can be used to analyze how the additional explanatory variables (z) affect the
output quantity for given input quantities, i.e. how they affect the productivity.
In case of a Cobb-Douglas functional form, we get following extended production function:
X
ln y = α0 + αi ln xi + αz z (6.21)
i
Based on this Cobb-Douglas production function and our data set on French apple producers,
we can check whether the apple producers who use an advisory service produce a different output
quantity than non-users with the same input quantities, i.e. whether the productivity differs
between users and non-users. This extended production function can be estimated by following
command:
> prodCDAdv <- lm( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ) + adv,
+ data = dat )
> summary( prodCDAdv )
Call:
lm(formula = log(qOut) ~ log(qCap) + log(qLab) + log(qMat) +
adv, data = dat)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.7807 -0.3821 0.0022 0.4709 1.3323
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -2.33371 1.29590 -1.801 0.0740 .
log(qCap) 0.15673 0.08581 1.826 0.0700 .
log(qLab) 0.69225 0.15190 4.557 1.15e-05 ***
log(qMat) 0.62814 0.12379 5.074 1.26e-06 ***
249
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
The estimation result shows that users of an advisory service produce significantly more than
non-users with the same input quantities. Given the Cobb-Douglas production function (6.21),
the coefficient of an additional explanatory variable can be interpreted as the marginal effect on
the relative change of the output quantity:
∂ ln y ∂ ln y ∂y ∂y 1
αz = = = (6.22)
∂z ∂y ∂z ∂z y
Hence, our estimation result indicates that users of an advisory service produce approximately
25.9% more output than non-users with the same input quantity but the large standard error
of this coefficient indicates that this estimate is rather imprecise. Given that the change of a
dummy variable from zero to one is not marginal and that the coefficient of the variable adv is
not close to zero, the above interpretation of this coefficient is a rather poor approximation. In
fact, our estimation results suggest that the output quantity of apple producers with advisory
service is on average exp(αz ) = 1.296 times as large as (29.6% larger than) the output quantity of
apple producers without advisory service given the same input quantities. As users and non-users
of an advisory service probably differ in some unobserved variables that affect the productivity
(e.g. motivation and effort to increase productivity), the coefficient az is not necessarily the
causal effect of the advisory service but describes the difference in productivity between users
and non-users of the advisory service.
> prodCDAdvSfa <- sfa( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ) + adv,
+ data = dat )
> summary( prodCDAdvSfa )
250
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
The estimation result still indicates that users of an advisory service have a higher productivity
than non users, but the coefficient is smaller and no longer statistically significant. The result of
the t-test is confirmed by a likelihood-ratio test:
Model 1: prodCDSfa
Model 2: prodCDAdvSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 6 -133.89
2 7 -132.87 1 2.0428 0.1529
The model with advisory service as additional explanatory variable indicates that there are
significant inefficiencies (at 5% significance level):
251
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
The following commands compute the technical efficiency estimates and compare them to the
efficiency estimates obtained from the Cobb-Douglas production frontier without advisory service
as an explanatory variable:
●●
●
●
●
●●●
Production frontier with advisory service
●
0.8
●
● ●●●
●● ●●●
●
●● ●●●●
● ●●
●●● ●
●
●
● ●●● ●
●
●● ●
●●
● ● ●●●●●●● ●
0.6
●●
●●● ●
●●
●
● ●
●
●
●● ●
●
● ●●
●● ●●●●●
● ●●
● ●●●●
● ●●●●
●
●
0.4
● ●
● ●
●●
● ●●●
●
●
●●
●● ●
●
●
0.2
●
●
●●
●●
●
●
●
●
Figure 6.10: Technical efficiency estimates of Cobb-Douglas production frontier with and without
advisory service as additional explanatory variable (circles = producers who do not
use an advisory service, solid dots = producers who use an advisory service
The resulting graph is shown in figure 6.10. It appears as if the non-users of an advisory service
became somewhat more efficient. This is because the stochastic frontier model that includes
252
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
the advisory service as an explanatory variable has in fact two production frontiers: a lower
frontier for the non-users of an advisory service and a higher frontier for the users of an advisory
service. The coefficient of the dummy variable adv, i.e. αadv , can be interpreted as a quick
estimate of the difference between the two frontier functions. In our empirical case, the difference
is approximately 15.1%. However, a precise calculation indicates that the frontier of the users of
the advisory service is exp (αadv ) = 1.163 times (16.3% higher than) the frontier of the non-users
of advisory service. And the frontier of the non-users of the advisory service is exp (−αadv ) =
0.86 times (14% lower than) the frontier of the users of advisory service. As the non-users of
an advisory service are compared to a lower frontier now, they appear to be more efficient now.
While it is reasonable to have different frontier functions for different soil types, it does not seem
to be too reasonable to have different frontier functions for users and non-users of an advisory
service, because there is no physical reasons, why users of an advisory service should have a
maximum output quantity that is different from the maximum output quantity of non-users.
where δ is an additional parameter (vector) to be estimated. Function sfa can also estimate
these “efficiency effects frontiers”. The additional variables that should explain the efficiency
level must be specified at the end of the model formula, where a vertical bar separates them from
the (regular) input variables:
> prodCDSfaAdvInt <- sfa( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ) |
+ adv, data = dat )
> summary( prodCDSfaAdvInt )
253
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
One can use the lrtest() method to test the statistical significance of the entire inefficiency
model, i.e. the null hypothesis is H0 : γ = 0 and δj = 0 ∀ j:
The test indicates that the fit of this model is significantly better than the fit of the OLS model
(without advisory service as explanatory variable).
The coefficient of the advisory service in the inefficiency model is negative but statistically
insignificant. By default, an intercept is added to the inefficiency model but it is completely
statistically insignificant. In many econometric estimations of the efficiency effects frontier model,
the intercept of the inefficiency model (δ0 ) is only weakly identified, because the values of δ0 can
254
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
often be changed with only marginally reducing the log-likelihood value, if the slope parameters of
the inefficiency model (δi , i 6= 0) and the variance parameters (σ 2 and γ) are adjusted accordingly.
This can be checked by taking a look at the correlation matrix of the estimated parameters:
The estimate of the intercept of the inefficiency model (δ0 ) is very highly correlated with the
estimate of the (slope) coefficient of the advisory service in the inefficiency model (δ1 ) and the
estimate of the parameter σ 2 and it is considerably correlated with the estimate of the parame-
ter γ.
The intercept can be suppressed by adding a “-1” to the specification of the inefficiency model:
> prodCDSfaAdv <- sfa( log( qOut ) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ) |
+ adv - 1, data = dat )
> summary( prodCDSfaAdv )
255
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
A likelihood ratio test against the corresponding OLS model indicates that the fit of this SFA
model is significantly better than the fit of the corresponding OLS model (without advisory
service as explanatory variable):
A likelihood ratio test confirms the t-test that the intercept in the inefficiency model is statistically
insignificant:
Model 1: prodCDSfaAdv
256
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
Model 2: prodCDSfaAdvInt
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 7 -130.52
2 8 -130.52 1 2e-04 0.9892
The coefficient of the advisory service in the inefficiency model is now significantly negative
(at 10% significance level), which means that users of an advisory service have a significantly
smaller inefficiency term u, i.e. are significantly more efficient. The size of the coefficients of the
inefficiency model (δ) cannot be reasonably interpreted. However, if argument margEff of the
efficiencies method is set to TRUE, this method does not only return the efficiency estimates but
also the marginal effects of the variables that should explain the efficiency level on the efficiency
estimates (see Olsen and Henningsen, 2011):
The marginal effects differ between observations and are available in the attribute margEff. The
following command extracts and visualizes the marginal effects of the variable that indicates the
use of an advisory service on the efficiency estimates:
15
5
0
marginal effect
Figure 6.11: Marginal effects of the variable that indicates the use of an advisory service on the
efficiency estimates
The resulting graph is shown in figure 6.11. It indicates that apple producers who use an advisory
service are between 1.4 and 6.4 percentage points more efficient than apple producers who do not
use an advisory service.
257
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 344
258
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
[1] 2.966778
[1] 0.4917693
[1] TRUE
259
6 Stochastic Frontier Analysis
260
7 Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA)
7.1 Preparations
We load the R package “Benchmarking” in order to use it for Data Envelopment Analysis:
261
7 Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA)
262
7 Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA)
The following commands display the “slack” of the first 14 observations in an input-oriented
DEA with VRS:
FALSE TRUE
78 62
[1] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
263
7 Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA)
[1] 117
[1] TRUE
264
8 Distance Functions
8.1 Theory
8.1.1 Output distance functions
The Shepard output distance function is defined as:
or (equivalently) as:
Do (x, y) = min{λ > 0|(x, y/λ) ∈ T }, (8.2)
where x is a vector of input quantities, y is a vector of output quantities, P (x) is the production
possibility set, and T is the technology set. The Shepard output distance function, Do (x, y), de-
fined in (8.1) and (8.2) returns the Shepard output-oriented technical efficiencies defined in (5.1)
and (5.5). Thus, it returns a value of one for fully efficient sets of inputs and outputs (x, y),
whereas it returns a non-negative value smaller than one for inefficient sets of inputs and out-
puts (x, y).1
8.1.1.1 Properties
It is usually assumed that the Shepard output distance function Do (x, y) given in (8.1) fulfills
the following properties (see, e.g., Färe and Primont, 1995; Coelli et al., 2005):
265
8 Distance Functions
7. Do (x, y) ≤ 1 indicates that y belongs to the production possibility set of x, i.e. y ∈ P (x),
while Do (x, y) > 1 indicates that y does not belong to the production possibility set of x.
8. Do (x, y) = 1 indicates that y is at the boundary of the production possibility set P (x), i.e.
y lies on the transformation curve (given x) and x lies on the isoquant (given y).
We will illustrate these properties using a very simple output distance function with two in-
puts x = (x1 , x2 )0 and two outputs y = (y1 , y2 )0 :3
q
Do (x, y) = y12 + y22 x−0.4
1 x2−0.4 (8.3)
In the following, we illustrate that this simple output distance function fulfills the above-
mentioned properties 1–4:
no output
p
Do (x, 0) = 02 + 02 x1−0.4 x2−0.4 = 0 (8.4)
monotonically non-increasing in x
q
∂Do (x, y) −0.4 y12 + y22 x1−0.4 x−0.4
2
= ≤ 0; i ∈ {1, 2} (8.5)
∂xi xi
monotonically non-decreasing in y
linear homogeneous in y
q
Do (x, ky) = (ky1 )2 + (ky2 )2 x1−0.4 x2−0.4 (8.7)
q
= k 2 y12 + k 2 y22 x−0.4
1 x2−0.4 (8.8)
q
k 2 y12 + y22 x1−0.4 x−0.4
= 2 (8.9)
√ q
= k 2 y12 + y22 x−0.4
1 x2−0.4 (8.10)
q
= k y12 + y22 x−0.4
1 x−0.4
2 (8.11)
= kDo (x, y) (8.12)
(i.e., the production function is increasing in input quantities, while the output distance function is decreasing
in input quantities).
3
This output distance function is a very much simplified version of the multiple-output “ray frontier production
function” suggested by Löthgren (1997, 2000).
266
8 Distance Functions
quasiconvexity in x
A sufficient condition for quasiconvexity is that all leading principal minors of the bordered
Hessian matrix are strictly negative (see section 1.5.3). The first derivatives of the output
distance function (8.3) with respect to the input quantities are given in (8.5). The remaining
elements of the bordered Hessian matrix, i.e. the second derivatives with respect to the input
quantities, are:
q
∂ 2 Do (x, y) 0.4(∆ij + 0.4) y12 + y22 x1−0.4 x2−0.4
= ; i ∈ {1, 2} (8.13)
∂xi ∂xj xi xj
1 if i = j
∆ij = (8.14)
0 if i 6= j
267
8 Distance Functions
q 3
= − 2 0.4 y12 + y22 x−0.4
1 x−0.4
2 x−2 −2
1 x2 (8.23)
q 3
= − 2 · 0.43 y12 + y22 x−3.2
1 x2−3.2 (8.24)
If both of the input quantities are strictly positive and at least one of the output quantities
is strictly positive, the first leading principal minor and the determinant of the bordered
Hessian matrix are both strictly negative, which means that both the necessary condition
and the sufficient condition for quasiconvexity are fulfilled.
Figure 8.1 illustrates the relationship between the two input quantities x1 and x2 and the
output distance measure Do (x, y) holding the output quantities y1 and y2 constant so that
q √
y12 + y22 = 1, e.g. y1 = y2 = 0.5 (please note that the origin, i.e. x1 = x2 = 0, is in the
back). The grey part of the surface indicates distance measures that are larger than one
(Do (x, y) > 1), i.e. combinations of the input quantities x1 and x2 that are too small to
produce the output quantities y1 and y2 . The dark green line is an isoquant that indicates all
combinations of the input quantities x1 and x2 that a fully efficient firm (i.e. Do (x, y) = 1)
needs to produce the output quantities y1 and y2 . Given that the output distance function
is quasiconvex in x, the lower contour sets, i.e. the sets of input combinations that give an
output distance measure (Do (x, y)) smaller than a certain value (e.g. 1), are convex sets
(see section 1.5.3). As the origin (x1 = x2 = 0) is not inside the lower contour sets, the
quasiconvexity of the output distance function in x results in isoquants that are convex
to the origin. The light green part of the surface indicates distance measures (Do (x, y))
that are slightly smaller than one, indicating small technical inefficiency. The red part of
the surface indicates distance measures (Do (x, y)) that are considerably smaller than one,
indicating considerable technical inefficiency.
convexity in y
Convexity requires that the Hessian matrix is positive semidefinite (see section 1.5.2). The
elements of the Hessian matrix, i.e. the second derivatives with respect to the output quan-
tities, are:
Equation (8.26) shows that all diagonal elements of the Hessian matrix (i.e. i = j) are
non-negative, because 1 − yi2 /(y11 + y22 ) is non-negative for i ∈ {1, 2}.
268
8 Distance Functions
1.0
Do ( x, y )
0.5
0
1
0
x2
1
x1
2
2
(8.30)
2 "
−0.4
x−0.4
! ! 2 #
x1 y2 y2 y1 y2
= q 2 1− 2 1 2 1− 2 2 2 − (8.31)
y12 + y22 y1 + y2 y1 + y2 y1 + y22
2
2 "
x−0.4 x−0.4
#
1 2 y22 y12 y12 y22
= − (8.32)
y12 + y22 y12 + y22
q 2
y12 + y22 y12 + y22
2 "
x−0.4 x−0.4
#
1 2 y22 y12 y12 y22
= q 2 − 2 =0≥0 (8.33)
y12 + y22 y12 + y22 y12 + y22
As all three principal minors (the two diagonal elements and the determinant) of the Hessian
matrix are non-negative, we can conclude that the Hessian matrix is positive semidefinite
and, thus, the output distance function 8.3 is convex in y.
269
8 Distance Functions
It is indeed not surprising that the determinant of the Hessian matrix is exactly zero,
because the output distance function is linearly homogeneous in y and the determinants of
linearly homogeneous functions are always zero.
Figure 8.2 illustrates the relationship between the two output quantities y1 and y2 and
the output distance measure Do (x, y) holding the input quantities x1 and x2 constant so
that x0.4 0.4
1 x2 = 1, e.g. x1 = x2 = 1 (please note that the origin, i.e. y1 = y2 = 0, is in
the front). The grey part of the surface indicates distance measures that are larger than
one (Do (x, y) > 1), i.e. combinations of the output quantities y1 and y2 that cannot be
produced by the input quantities x1 and x2 . The dark green line is a transformation curve
that indicates all combinations of the output quantities y1 and y2 that a fully efficient firm
(i.e. Do (x, y) = 1) can produce from the input quantities x1 and x2 . Given that the output
distance function is convex in y, it is also quasiconvex in y so that the lower contour sets,
i.e. the sets of output combinations that give an output distance measure (Do (x, y)) smaller
than a certain value (e.g. 1), are convex sets (see section 1.5.3). As the origin (y1 = y2 = 0)
is inside the lower contour sets, the convexity of the output distance function in y results
in transformation curves that are concave to the origin. The light green part of the surface
indicates distance measures (Do (x, y)) that are slightly smaller than one, indicating small
technical inefficiency. The red part of the surface indicates distance measures (Do (x, y))
that are considerably smaller than one, indicating considerable technical inefficiency.
1.5
1.0
Do ( x, y )
0.5
0.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
y2
0.5
1.0
0.5 y1
0.0
0.0
270
8 Distance Functions
> ppx <- persp( x1, x2, dxMat, xlim = c( 0, max( x1 ) ), ylim = c( 0, max( x2 ) ),
+ zlim = c( min( dxMat, na.rm = TRUE ) - 0.1, max( dxMat, na.rm = TRUE ) ),
+ zlab = "Do ( x, y )", ticktype = "detailed", nticks = 3,
+ theta = 155, phi = 20, col = dxCol, border = NA )
> xa <- seq( 1/max(x2), max(x1), length.out = nVal )
> lines( trans3d( xa, 1/xa, 1, ppx ), col = "darkgreen", lwd = 5 )
> ppy <- persp( y1, y2, dyMat, zlab = "Do ( x, y )",
+ ticktype = "detailed", nticks = 3,
+ theta = -25, phi = 20, col = dyCol, border = NA )
> ya <- seq( 0, 1, length.out = nVal )
> lines( trans3d( ya, sqrt(1-ya^2), 1, ppy ), col = "darkgreen", lwd = 5 )
The distance elasticities of the output distance function Do (x, y) with respect to the input quan-
tities (x), I , measure the relative change in the output distance measure (and, hence, in the
firm’s efficiency) given a change in one input quantity. The distance elasticity of the ith input is
defined as:
∂Do (x, y) xi ∂ ln Do (x, y)
Ii = = ≤0 (8.34)
∂xi Do ∂ ln xi
271
8 Distance Functions
The distance elasticities of the output distance function Do (x, y) with respect to output quan-
tities (y), O , measure the relative change in the output distance measure (hence, in the firm’s
efficiency) given a change in one output quantity. The distance elasticity of the mth output is
defined as:
∂Do (x, y) ym ∂ ln Do (x, y)
O
m = = ≥0 (8.35)
∂ym Do ∂ ln ym
Linear homogeneity of the output distance function Do (x, y) in output quantities implies that
the distance elasticities with respect to the output quantities sum to one:
X
O
m =1 (8.36)
m
The elasticity of scale of an output distance function Do (x, y) equals the negative sum of the
distance elasticities with respect to the input quantities:
X
=− Ii (8.37)
i
or (equivalently) as:
Di (x, y) = max{λ > 0|(x/λ, y) ∈ T }, (8.39)
where x is a vector of input quantities, y is a vector of output quantities, L(y) is the input
requirement set, and T is the technology set. The Shepard input distance function, Di (x, y), de-
fined in (8.38) and (8.39) returns the Shepard input-oriented technical efficiencies defined in (5.3)
and (5.7). Thus, it returns a value of one for fully efficient sets of inputs and outputs (x, y),
whereas it returns a value larger than one for inefficient sets of inputs and outputs (x, y).4
8.1.2.1 Properties
It is usually assumed that the Shepard input distance function Di (x, y) defined in (8.38) fulfills
the following properties (see, e.g., Färe and Primont, 1995; Coelli et al., 2005):
272
8 Distance Functions
6. Di (x, y) ≥ 1 indicates that x belongs to the input requirement set of y, i.e. x ∈ L(y), while
Di (x, y) < 1 indicates that x does not belong to the input requirement set of y.
7. Di (x, y) = 1 indicates that x is at the boundary of the input requirement set L(y), i.e. x
lies on the isoquant (given y) and y lies on the transformation curve (given x).
We will illustrate these properties using a very simple input distance function with two in-
puts x = (x1 , x2 )0 and two outputs y = (y1 , y2 )0 :6
x0.5 x0.5
Di (x, y) = q1 2 (8.40)
y12 + y22
In the following, we illustrate that this simple input distance function fulfills the above-
mentioned properties 1–3:
monotonically non-decreasing in x
monotonically non-increasing in y
linear homogeneous in x
(k x1 )0.5 (k x2 )0.5
Di (kx, y) = q (8.43)
y12 + y22
k 0.5 x0.5
1 k
0.5 x0.5
2
= q (8.44)
y12 + y22
k x0.5 x0.5
= q1 2 (8.45)
y12 + y22
= k Di (x, y) (8.46)
5
O’Donnell and Coelli (2005) clarified a typographical error in Färe and Primont (1995, p. 152) who state by
mistake that the input distance function is quasiconvex in output quantities y.
6
The specification of this input distance function is inspired by the multiple-output “ray frontier production
function” suggested by Löthgren (1997, 2000).
273
8 Distance Functions
concave x
Concavity requires that the Hessian matrix is negative semidefinite (see section 1.5.2).
The elements of the Hessian matrix, i.e. the second derivatives with respect to the input
quantities, are:
∂ 2 Di (x, y) x0.5
1 x2
0.5
= 0.5 (0.5 − ∆ij ) q (8.47)
∂xi ∂xj xi xj y12 + y22
1 if i = j
∆ij = (8.48)
0 if i 6= j
Equation (8.47) shows that all diagonal elements of the Hessian matrix (i.e. i = j) are
non-positive, because (0.5 − ∆ii ) is negative for i ∈ {1, 2}, while all other terms on the
right-hand side of (8.47) are always non-negative.
The determinant of the (2 × 2) Hessian matrix is:
!2
∂ 2 Di (x, y) ∂ 2 Di (x, y) ∂ 2 Di (x, y)
|H| = · − (8.49)
∂x21 ∂x22 ∂x1 ∂x2
2
x0.5
1 x2
0.5 x10.5 x0.5
2 x10.5 x20.5
= 0.5 (−0.5) q · 0.5 (−0.5) q − 0.5 · 0.5 q
x21 y12 + y22 x22 y12 + y22 x1 x2 y12 + y22
(8.50)
0.54 0.54
= − =0≥0 (8.51)
x1 x2 y12 + y22 x1 x2 y12 + y22
As all first-order principal minors (i.e. the two diagonal elements) are non-positive and
the second-order principal (i.e. the determinant) is non-negative, we can conclude that
the Hessian matrix is negative semidefinite and, thus, the input distance function (8.40)
is concave in x. It is indeed not surprising that the determinant of the Hessian matrix
is exactly zero, because the input distance function is linearly homogeneous in x and the
determinants of linearly homogeneous functions are always zero.
Figure 8.3 illustrates the relationship between the two input quantities x1 and x2 and the
input distance measure Di (x, y) holding the output quantities y1 and y2 constant so that
q √
y12 + y22 = 1, e.g. y1 = y2 = 0.5 (please note that the origin, i.e. x1 = x2 = 0, is
in the front). The grey part of the surface indicates distance measures that are smaller
than one (Di (x, y) < 1), i.e. combinations of the input quantities x1 and x2 that are too
small to produce the output quantities y1 and y2 . The dark green line is an isoquant that
indicates all combinations of the input quantities x1 and x2 that a fully efficient firm (i.e.
Di (x, y) = 1) needs to produce the output quantities y1 and y2 . Given that the input
distance function is concave in x, it is also quasiconcave in x so that the upper contour sets,
i.e. the sets of input combinations that give an input distance measure (Di (x, y)) larger
274
8 Distance Functions
than a certain value (e.g. 1), are convex sets (see section 1.5.3). As the origin (x1 = x2 = 0)
is not inside the upper contour sets (only on its border if Di (x, y) = 0), the concavity of the
input distance function in x results in isoquants that are convex to the origin. The light
green part of the surface indicates distance measures (Di (x, y)) that are slightly larger than
one, indicating small technical inefficiency. The red part of the surface indicates distance
measures (Di (x, y)) that are considerably larger than one, indicating considerable technical
inefficiency.
2
Di ( x, y )
0
4
2
4
x2
2
x1
0
0
quasiconcavity in y
A sufficient condition for quasiconcavity of a function with two arguments is that the first
leading principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix is strictly negative, while its second
leading principle minor is strictly positive (see section 1.5.3). The first derivatives of the
input distance function (8.40) with respect to the output quantities are given in (8.42). The
remaining elements of the bordered Hessian matrix, i.e. the second derivatives with respect
to the output quantities, are:
275
8 Distance Functions
!2
x0.5 0.5
1 x2 y1
=− − 1.5 (8.55)
y12 + y22
x1 x2 y12
=− 3 (8.56)
y12 + y22
< 0 ∀ x1 , x2 > 0; y1 > 0; y2 ≥ 0 (8.57)
x1.5
1 x2
1.5
= 3.5 (8.62)
y12 + y22
> 0 ∀ x1 , x2 > 0; y1 , y2 ≥ 0; y1 + y2 > 0 (8.63)
If both of the input quantities are strictly positive and at least one of the output quantities
is strictly positive. the first leading principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix is non-
positive and its determinant is non-negative, which means that the necessary conditions for
quasiconvexity are fulfilled. If the quantities of both of the inputs and of the first output
are strictly positive and the quantity of the second output is non-negative, the first leading
principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix is strictly negative and its determinant
is strictly positive, which means that also the sufficient conditions for quasiconvexity are
fulfilled. As the order of the outputs is arbitrary, we can rearrange the order of the outputs so
that the quantity of the first input is strictly positive as long as at least one output quantity
is strictly positive. Hence, if at least one of the output quantities is strictly positive, not only
the necessary conditions but also the sufficient conditions for quasiconvexity are fulfilled.
Figure 8.4 illustrates the relationship between the two output quantities y1 and y2 and
the input distance measure Di (x, y) holding the input quantities x1 and x2 constant so
276
8 Distance Functions
2.0
1.5
Do ( x, y )
1.0
0.5
0.0
0.5
0.0
y2
1.0
0.5
1.0 y1
1.5
1.5
277
8 Distance Functions
> ppx <- persp( x1, x2, dxMat, xlim = c( 0, max( x1 ) ), ylim = c( 0, max( x2 ) ),
+ zlim = c( min( dxMat, na.rm = TRUE ), max( dxMat, na.rm = TRUE ) ),
+ zlab = "Di ( x, y )", ticktype = "detailed", nticks = 3,
+ theta = -25, phi = 20, col = dxCol, border = NA )
> xa <- seq( 1/max(x2), max(x1), length.out = nVal )
> lines( trans3d( xa, 1/xa, 1, ppx ), col = "darkgreen", lwd = 5 )
> ppy <- persp( y1, y2, dyMat, zlab = "Do ( x, y )",
+ ticktype = "detailed", nticks = 3,
+ theta = 155, phi = 20, col = dyCol, border = NA )
> ya <- seq( 0, 1, length.out = nVal )
> lines( trans3d( ya, sqrt(1-ya^2), 1, ppy ), col = "darkgreen", lwd = 5 )
The distance elasticities of the input distance function Di (x, y) with respect to input quanti-
ties (x), I , measure the relative change in the input distance measure (and, hence, in the firm’s
inefficiency) given a change in one input quantity. The distance elasticity of the ith input quantity
is defined as:
∂Di (x, y) xi ∂ ln Di (x, y)
Ii = = ≥0 (8.64)
∂xi Di ∂ ln xi
278
8 Distance Functions
Linear homogeneity of the input distance function Di (x, y) in input quantities implies that its
distance elasticities with respect to the input quantities sum to one:
X
Ii = 1 (8.65)
i
The distance elasticities of the input distance function Di (x, y) with respect to output quantities
(y), O , measure the relative change in the input distance measure (and, hence, in the firm’s
inefficiency) given a change in one output quantity. The distance elasticity of the mth output
quantity is defined as:
∂Di (x, y) ym ∂ ln Di (x, y)
O
m = i
= ≤0 (8.66)
∂ym D ∂ ln ym
The elasticity of scale of an input distance function Di (x, y) equals the inverse of the negative
sum of distance elasticities with respect to the output quantities:
!−1
X
= − O
m (8.67)
m
N M
! !
xαi i
Y Y
o βm
D (x, y) = A ym , (8.68)
i=1 m=1
with α0 = ln A.
8.2.2 Estimation
The Cobb-Douglas output distance function can be expressed (and then estimated) as traditional
stochastic frontier model.
In the following, we will derive, under which conditions the Cobb-Douglas output distance
function defined in (8.68) and (8.69) is linear homogeneous in output quantities (y):
279
8 Distance Functions
Hence, the Cobb-Douglas output distance function is linear homogeneous in output quantities if
the coefficients of the output quantities (βm ) sum up to one. We can impose linear homogeneity
in output quantities by re-arranging equation (8.76) to:
M
X −1
βM = 1 − βm (8.77)
m=1
N M −1 M −1
!
X X X
ln Do (x, y) = α0 + αi ln xi + βm ln(ym ) + 1 − βm ln(yM ) (8.78)
i=1 m=1 m=1
XN M
X −1
ln Do (x, y) = α0 + αi ln xi + βm (ln ym − ln yM ) + ln yM (8.79)
i=1 m=1
XN M
X −1
− ln yM = α0 + αi ln xi + βm ln(ym /yM ) − ln Do (x, y). (8.80)
i=1 m=1
We can assume that u ≡ − ln(Do (x, y)) ≥ 0 follows a half normal or truncated normal distri-
bution (i.e. u ∼ N + (µ, σu2 )) and add a disturbance term v, that accounts for statistical noise and
follows a normal distribution (i.e. v ∼ N (0, σv2 )) so that we get:
N
X M
X −1
− ln(yM ) = α0 + αi ln xi + βm ln(ym /yM ) + u + v. (8.81)
i=1 m=1
This specification is equivalent to the specification of stochastic frontier models so that we can
use the stochastic frontier methods introduced in Chapter 6 to estimate this output distance
function.
In the following, we will estimate a Cobb-Douglas output distance function with our data set
of French apple producers. This data set distinguishes between two outputs: the quantity of
280
8 Distance Functions
apples produced (qApples) and the quantity of the other outputs (qOtherOut). The following
command estimates the Cobb-Douglas output distance function using the command sfa() for
stochastic frontier analysis:
> odfCD <- sfa( -log(qApples) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ) +
+ log( qOtherOut/qApples), data = dat, ineffDecrease = FALSE )
> summary( odfCD )
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
The distance elasticities of a Cobb-Douglas output distance function with respect to output
281
8 Distance Functions
Since the distance elasticities of Cobb-Douglas output distance functions are equal to some
of the estimated parameters, they can be directly obtained from the estimation output. The
distance elasticity with respect to the capital input (IqCap = −0.087) indicates that a 1% increase
in the capital input results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.09% decrease of the distance measure (i.e.
efficiency decreases and inefficiency increases). The distance elasticity with respect to the labor
input (IqLab = −0.502) indicates that a 1% increase in the labor input results (ceteris paribus) in
a 0.5% decrease of the distance measure (i.e. efficiency decreases and inefficiency increases). The
distance elasticity with respect to the material input (IqMat = −0.452) indicates that a 1% increase
in the materials input results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.45% decrease of the distance measure (i.e.
efficiency decreases and inefficiency increases).
The distance elasticity with respect to the other output (O
qOtherOut = 0.621) indicates that a
1% increase in other outputs results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.62% increase of the distance measure
(i.e. efficiency increases and inefficiency decreases). Based on the homogeneity property (8.77),
we can calculate the distance elasticity of the apple quantity O O
qApples = 1 − qOtherOut = 0.379,
which indicates that a 1% increase in the output of apples results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.38%
increase of the distance measure (i.e. efficiency increases and inefficiency decreases).
For our Cobb-Douglas output distance function, the elasticity of scale can be obtained by using
following command:
[1] 1.041129
The estimated elasticity of scale = 1.04 indicates slightly increasing returns to scale.
282
8 Distance Functions
8.2.5 Properties
8.2.5.1 Non-increasing in input quantities
Do (x, y) is non-increasing in x if its partial derivatives with respect to the input quantities are
non-positive:
Given that Do (x, y) and xi are always non-negative, a Cobb-Douglas output distance function
Do (x, y) is non-increasing in x if all coefficients αi are non-positive.
We can see from the summary() output of our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function
that all coefficients related to input quantities are negative. This means that monotonicity in
input quantities is fulfilled.
Do (x, y) is non-decreasing in y if its partial derivatives with respect to the output quantities are
non-negative:
Given that Do (x, y) and ym are always non-negative, a Cobb-Douglas output distance function
Do (x, y) is non-decreasing in y if all coefficients βm are non-negative.
For our Cobb-Douglas output distance function, the coefficient of the (normalized) quantity of
“other outputs” is positive (0.621). The coefficient of the apple quantity can be recovered from
the homogeneity condition (1-0.621 = 0.379). Since the coefficients of both output quantities are
positive, we can conclude that monotonicity in output quantities is fulfilled.
In the following, we check if our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is quasiconvex
in input quantities (x). A sufficient condition for quasiconvexity of Do (x, y) in x is that |Bi | <
0; i = 1, . . . , N , where |Bi | is the ith leading principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix B
with
0 f1 f2 ... fN
f1 f11 f12 ... f1N
f2
B= f12 f22 ... f2N , (8.87)
. .. .. .. ..
..
. . . .
fN f1N f2N . . . fN N
where fi = ∂Do (x, y)/∂xi are the first-order partial derivatives and fij are the second-order
partial derivatives of the Cobb-Douglas output distance function Do (x, y) with respect to the
283
8 Distance Functions
input quantities x:
o o
∂ 2 Do (x, y) ∂ ∂D∂x(x,y)
i
∂ αi D x(x,y)
i
fij = = = (8.88)
∂xi ∂xj ∂xj ∂xj
αi ∂Do (x, y) Do (x, y)
= − δij αi (8.89)
xi ∂xi x2i
o
αi D (x, y) Do (x, y)
= αj − δij αi (8.90)
xi xj x2i
Do (x, y)
= αi (αj − δij ) , (8.91)
xi xj
The following code computes the first-order and second-order partial derivatives of the Cobb-
Douglas output distance function with respect to the input quantities (with the output distance
measures being factored out of the bordered Hessian matrix or assuming that the firms are fully
efficient, i.e. Do (x, y) = 1):
The following code generates a three-dimensional array of the bordered Hessian matrices
stacked for all observation:
284
8 Distance Functions
The following code checks if our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is quasicon-
vex at the first observation:
[1] -1.078611e-12
[1] -2.818833e-23
[1] -1.937125e-32
As all three leading principal minors of the bordered Hessian matrix are negative, we can conclude
that our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is quasiconvex in input quantities at
the first observation.
The following code checks the conditions for quasiconvexity in inputs at all observations:
> dat$quasiConvexInOdfCD <- apply( bhmArray[ 1:2, 1:2, ], 3, det ) < 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray[ 1:3, 1:3, ], 3, det ) < 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray, 3, det ) < 0
> table( dat$quasiConvexInOdfCD )
TRUE
140
Our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is quasiconvex in input quantities (x) at
all observations in our data set.
285
8 Distance Functions
In the following, we check if our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is convex in
output quantities (y). An output distance function Do (x, y) is convex in y if and only if its
Hessian matrix H with respect to the output quantities is positive semidefinite, which is the case
if all its principal minors (not only the leading principal minors) are non-negative. The Hessian
matrix with respect to the output quantities is
f11 f12 ... f1M
f12 f22 ... f2M
H= . , (8.92)
.. .. .. ..
. . .
f1M f2M . . . fM M
where fmn are the second derivatives of the output distance function with respect to the output
quantities:
∂Do (x,y) o
∂ 2 Do (x, y) ∂ ∂ym ∂ βm D y(x,y)
m
fmn = = = (8.93)
∂ym ∂yn ∂yn ∂yn
βm ∂Do (x, y) Do (x, y)
= − δij βm (8.94)
ym ∂ym x2i
o
βm D (x, y) Do (x, y)
= βn − δij βm (8.95)
ym yn x2i
Do (x, y)
= βm (βn − δij ) (8.96)
ym yn
As all elements of the Hessian matrix (all second derivatives) contain the output distance
measure Do (x, y) as a multiplicative element, we can factor it out of the Hessian matrix. As the
output distance measure Do (x, y) is non-negative, it does not affect the signs of the principal
minors so that we can ignore it in our further calculations.
In order to facilitate the following computations, we create a short-cut for the coefficient of the
(normalized) quantity of “other outputs”:
Applying the homogeneity condition (8.77), we can calculate the coefficient of the apple quantity:
The following code computes the second derivatives of the Cobb-Douglas output distance func-
tion with respect to the output quantities (with the output distance measures being factored out
of the Hessian matrix or assuming that the firms are fully efficient, i.e. Do (x, y) = 1):
286
8 Distance Functions
The following code generates a three-dimensional array of the Hessian matrices stacked for all
observations:
[,1] [,2]
[1,] -0.1214798 0.1730080
[2,] 0.1730080 -0.2463931
The following code checks whether the Hessian matrix is positive semidefinite at the first
observation:
[1] -4.801937e-18
As the two diagonal elements (first-order principal minors) of the Hessian matrix are strictly
negative, we can conclude that the Hessian matrix is not positive semidefinite and, thus, our
estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is not convex in output quantities at the first
observation.
It is not surprising that the determinant of the Hessian matrix with respect to the output
quantities is exactly zero or very close to zero, because the output distance function is linearly
homogeneous in output quantities, which implies that the determinant of the Hessian must be
zero.
The following code checks the semidefiniteness of the Hessian matrix at each individual obser-
vation:
FALSE
140
This shows that our estimated Cobb-Douglas output distance function is convex in output quan-
tities y not at a single observation.
Indeed, Cobb-Douglas output distance functions cannot be convex in output quantities, because
this functional form implies transformation curves that are convex to the origin.
287
8 Distance Functions
efficiency
Min. :0.02638
1st Qu.:0.33640
Median :0.54409
Mean :0.50691
3rd Qu.:0.67876
Max. :0.89680
A median Shepard output-oriented efficiency estimate of 0.544 indicates that this apple producer
produces 45.6% less of each output quantity than would be possible to produce with its input
quantities.
N N X N
X 1X
ln Do (x, y) = α0 + αi ln xi + αij ln xi ln xj (8.97)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
288
8 Distance Functions
M M X M
X 1 X
+ βm ln ym + βmn ln ym ln yn
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N X
X M
+ ζim ln xi ln ym
i=1 m=1
8.3.2 Estimation
The Translog output distance function can be expressed (and then estimated) as traditional
stochastic frontier model. This is facilitated by imposing linear homogeneity in the output quan-
tities (y).
In the following, we will derive, under which conditions the Translog output distance function
defined in (8.97) is linear homogeneous in output quantities (y):
289
8 Distance Functions
N
X M
X
+ ln k ln xi ζim
i=1 m=1
M M X M
X 1 X
ln k = ln(k) βm + ln(k) ln(k) βmn (8.103)
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
M M M M
1X X 1 X X
+ ln(k) ln(yn ) βmn + ln(k) ln(ym ) βmn
2 n=1 m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N
X M
X
+ ln k ln xi ζim
i=1 m=1
M M X M
X 1 X
1= βm + ln(k) βmn (8.104)
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
M M M M
1X X 1 X X
+ ln(yn ) βmn + ln(ym ) βmn
2 n=1 m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N
X M
X
+ ln xi ζim
i=1 m=1
This condition is only fulfilled for all values of k, ym , and xi , if the parameters fulfill the following
conditions:
M
X
βm = 1 (8.105)
m=1
M M
X βmn =βnm X
βmn = 0 ∀ n ←−−−−−−→ βmn = 0 ∀ m (8.106)
m=1 n=1
XM
ζim = 0 ∀ i (8.107)
m=1
In order to impose linear homogeneity in output quantities, we can rearrange these restrictions
to get:
M
X −1
βM = 1 − βm (8.108)
m=1
M
X −1
βM n = − βmn ∀ n (8.109)
m=1
M
X −1
βmN = − βmn ∀ m (8.110)
n=1
M
X −1
ζiM = − ζim ∀ i (8.111)
m=1
By substituting the right-hand sides of equations (8.108) to (8.111) for βM , βM n , βmN , and
290
8 Distance Functions
N N X N
X 1X
− ln yM =α0 + αi ln xi + αij ln xi ln xj (8.112)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M −1 −1 M −1
X ym 1 MX X ym yn
+ βm ln + βmn ln ln
m=1
yM 2 m=1 n=1 yM yM
N M −1
X X ym
+ ζim ln xi ln − ln Do (x, y).
i=1 m=1
yM
We can assume that u ≡ − ln(Do (x, y)) ≥ 0 follows a half-normal or truncated normal distri-
bution (i.e. u ∼ N + (µ, σu2 ) ) and add a disturbance term v that accounts for statistical noise and
follows a normal distribution (i.e. v ∼ N (0, σv2 ) ) so that we get:
N N X N
X 1X
− ln yM =α0 + αi ln xi + αij ln xi ln xj (8.113)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M −1 −1 M −1
X ym 1 MX X ym yn
+ βm ln + βmn ln ln
m=1
yM 2 m=1 n=1 yM yM
N M −1
X X ym
+ ζim ln xi ln + u + v. (8.114)
i=1 m=1
yM
> odfTL <- sfa( -log(qApples) ~ log( qCap ) + log( qLab ) + log( qMat ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( qCap )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( qLab )^2 ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( qMat )^2 ) + I( log( qCap ) * log( qLab ) ) +
+ I( log( qCap ) * log( qMat ) ) + I( log( qLab ) * log( qMat ) ) +
+ log( qOtherOut/qApples) + I( 0.5 * log( qOtherOut/qApples )^2 ) +
+ I( log( qCap ) * log( qOtherOut/qApples ) ) +
+ I( log( qLab ) * log( qOtherOut/qApples ) ) +
+ I( log( qMat ) * log( qOtherOut/qApples ) ),
+ data = dat, ineffDecrease = FALSE)
> summary( odfTL )
291
8 Distance Functions
(Intercept) .
log(qCap)
log(qLab)
log(qMat)
I(0.5 * log(qCap)^2)
I(0.5 * log(qLab)^2) .
I(0.5 * log(qMat)^2)
I(log(qCap) * log(qLab)) .
I(log(qCap) * log(qMat)) *
I(log(qLab) * log(qMat))
log(qOtherOut/qApples)
I(0.5 * log(qOtherOut/qApples)^2) ***
I(log(qCap) * log(qOtherOut/qApples))
I(log(qLab) * log(qOtherOut/qApples))
I(log(qMat) * log(qOtherOut/qApples))
sigmaSq ***
gamma ***
292
8 Distance Functions
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
log likelihood value: -116.8208
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
We can use a likelihood ratio test to compare the Translog output distance function with the
corresponding Cobb-Douglas output distance function:
Model 1: odfCD
Model 2: odfTL
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 7 -147.82
2 17 -116.82 10 62.003 1.511e-09 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The likelihood ratio test clearly rejects the Cobb-Douglas output distance function in favor of
the Translog output distance function.
N M
∂Do (x, y) xi ∂ ln Do (x, y) X X
Ii = = = α i + α ij ln x j + ζim ln ym (8.115)
∂xi Do ∂ ln xi j=1 m=1
The distance elasticities of a Translog output distance function with respect to output quanti-
ties (y), O , can be obtained by:
M N
∂Do (x, y) ym ∂ ln Do (x, y) X X
O
m = = = β m + βmn ln y n + ζim ln xi (8.116)
∂ym Do ∂ ln ym n=1 i=1
In order to facilitate the calculation of the distance elasticities, we create short-cuts for the
estimated coefficients:
293
8 Distance Functions
The following R code computes the distance elasticities of the inputs and of the outputs:
294
8 Distance Functions
We can check whether the distance elasticities with respect to the output quantities always
sum up to one:
[1] 1 1
On average, the estimated elasticity of scale is = 1.175, which indicates increasing returns to
scale.
The following code plots the elasticities of scale against the two measures of firm size:
295
8 Distance Functions
1.6
1.6
● ●
● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ●●
● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ● ●
1.4
1.4
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
●● ●
●● ●● ●● ● ● ●
●
●●●
● ● ● ● ● ●●●● ● ●
●●● ●
dat$eScaleOdfTL
dat$eScaleOdfTL
● ● ● ●●●●
● ●● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●●
● ●●● ● ●
● ● ●●
●
● ● ● ●
1.2
1.2
●● ● ● ● ●
●● ● ● ●● ●● ●●●
●● ●
● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●
●
●● ● ●● ● ● ● ● ●●
●● ● ●
● ●● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
● ●●●
● ●●
● ●
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●● ● ● ●
● ● ●● ● ●●
1.0
1.0
● ● ●●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ●
● ●●
● ● ● ●● ● ●
● ●●● ●
● ● ● ●
●● ●
●
0.8
0.8
● ● ●
● ●
0.6
0.6
●● ● ●
dat$qOut dat$X
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 8.5. According to these estimates of the elasticity of
scale, farms with an aggregate output quantity of less than 1,000,000 units and with an aggregate
input quantity of less than the sample mean generally have increasing returns to scale so that
increasing their size would increase their (total factor) productivity. In contrast, farms with an
aggregate output quantity of more than 5,000,000 units and with an aggregate input quantity of
more than 1.5 times the sample mean generally have decreasing returns to scale so that increasing
their size would decrease their (total factor) productivity.
8.3.5 Properties
8.3.5.1 Non-increasing in input quantities
In order to investigate the monotonicity of Translog output distance function in input quantities x,
we calculate the partial derivatives (fi ; i = 1, . . . , N ) of the Translog output distance function
with respect to the input quantities (xi ):
As the output distance measure Do (x, y) and the input quantities xi are always non-negative,
we can check the monotonicity in input quantities by checking the sign of the distance elasticities
with respect to the input quantities:
FALSE TRUE
296
8 Distance Functions
36 104
FALSE TRUE
20 120
FALSE TRUE
6 134
> dat$monoInOdfTL <- dat$eCapOdfTL <= 0 & dat$eLabOdfTL <= 0 & dat$eMatOdfTL <= 0
> table( dat$monoInOdfTL <= 0 )
FALSE TRUE
83 57
In a similar way, we check the monotonicity of the Translog output distance function in output
quantities y by calculating the partial derivatives (hm ; m = 1, . . . , M ) of the Translog output
distance function with respect to the output quantities (ym ):
As the output distance measure Do (x, y) and the output quantities yi are always non-negative,
we can check the monotonicity in output quantities by checking the sign of the distance elasticities
with respect to the output quantities:
FALSE TRUE
2 138
FALSE TRUE
14 126
FALSE TRUE
16 124
297
8 Distance Functions
Combining the monotonicity conditions for inputs and outputs, we can investigate how many
observations fulfill all monotonicity conditions:
FALSE TRUE
66 74
In the following, we will check if our estimated Translog output distance function is quasiconvex
in input quantities. A sufficient condition for quasiconvexity of Do (x, y) in x is that |Bi | < 0; i =
1, . . . , N , where |Bi | is the ith leading principal minor of the bordered Hessian matrix B with
0 f1 f2 ... fN
f1 f11 f12 ... f1N
f2
B= f12 f22 ... f2N , (8.119)
. .. .. .. ..
..
. . . .
fN f1N f2N . . . fN N
where fi = ∂Do (x, y)/∂xi are the first-order partial derivatives and fij are the second-order
partial derivatives of the Translog output distance function Do (x, y) with respect to the input
quantities x.
We use equation (8.117) and the following R code to calculate the (first-order) partial derivatives
of the Translog output distance function with respect to the input quantities x at the “frontier”
(i.e. Do (x, y) = 1) for each observation:
We can calculate the second-order derivatives with respect to input quantities with following
298
8 Distance Functions
formula:
o o (x,y)
∂ 2 Do (x, y) ∂fi ∂( ∂ ln∂Dln x(x,y)
i
D
xi )
fij = = = (8.120)
∂xi ∂xj ∂xj ∂xj
Do (x,y)
PN PM
∂ αi + j=1 αij ln xj + m=1 ζim ln ym xi
= (8.121)
∂xj
αi j D (x, y) ∂ ln D (x, y) ∂ ln Do (x, y) Do (x, y)
o o
= + (8.122)
xi xi ∂ ln xi ∂ ln xj xi xj
o o
∂ ln D (x, y) D (x, y)
− δij (8.123)
∂ ln xj xi xj
o
D (x, y) Do (x, y)
= αij + Ii Ij (8.124)
xi xj xi xj
o
D (x, y)
− δij Ij (8.125)
xi xj
D o (x, y)
= αij + Ii Ij − δij Ij (8.126)
xi xj
We use the following R code to compute the second-order derivatives of the Translog output
distance function with respect to input quantities x for each observation:
299
8 Distance Functions
The following code generates a three-dimensional array of the bordered Hessian matrices
stacked for all observation:
The following code checks if our estimated Translog output distance function is quasiconvex
at the first observation:
[1] -0.0003441254
[1] -7.67438e-15
[1] -3.124912e-24
300
8 Distance Functions
As all three leading principal minors of the bordered Hessian matrix are negative, we can conclude
that our estimated Translog output distance function is quasiconvex in input quantities at the
first observation.
The following code checks the conditions for quasiconvexity in inputs at all observations:
> dat$quasiConvexInOdfTL <- apply( bhmArray[ 1:2, 1:2, ], 3, det ) < 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray[ 1:3, 1:3, ], 3, det ) < 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray, 3, det ) < 0
> table( dat$quasiConvexInOdfTL )
FALSE TRUE
65 75
Our estimated Translog output distance function is not quasiconvex in input quantities (x) at 65
out of 140 observations in our data set.
In the following, we will check if our estimated Translog output distance function is convex in
output quantities (y). An output distance function Do (x, y) is convex in y if and only if its
Hessian matrix H with respect to the output quantities is positive semidefinite, which is the case
if all its principal minors (not only the leading principal minors) are non-negative. The Hessian
matrix with respect to the output quantities is
h11 h12 ... h1M
h12 h22 ... h2M
H= . , (8.127)
.. .. .. ..
. . .
h1M h2M . . . hM M
where hmn are the second-order derivatives of the output distance function with respect to the
output quantities:
o o
∂ 2 Do (x, y) ∂hm ∂( ∂ ln∂ D (x,y) D (x,y)
ln ym ym )
hmn = = = (8.128)
∂ym ∂yn ∂yn ∂yn
Do (x,y)
PM PN
∂ βm + n=1 βmn ln yn + i=1 ζim ln xi xi
= (8.129)
∂xj
βm n D (x, y) ∂ ln D (x, y) ∂ ln Do (x, y) Do (x, y)
o o
= + (8.130)
ym ym ∂ ln ym ∂ ln yn ym yn
∂ ln Do (x, y) Do (x, y)
− δmn (8.131)
∂ ln yn ym yn
o
D (x, y) o
O D (x, y)
= βmn + O
n m (8.132)
ym yn ym yn
301
8 Distance Functions
Do (x, y)
− δmn O
n (8.133)
ym yn
D o (x, y)
= βmn + O O O
n m − δmn m (8.134)
ym yn
The following code generates a three-dimensional array of the Hessian matrices stacked for all
observations:
[,1] [,2]
[1,] -0.03953748 0.05630816
[2,] 0.05630816 -0.08019249
302
8 Distance Functions
The following code checks whether the Hessian matrix is positive semidefinite at the first
observation:
[1] -5.079313e-18
As the two diagonal elements (first-order principal minors) of the Hessian matrix are strictly nega-
tive, we can conclude that the Hessian matrix is not positive semidefinite and, thus, our estimated
Translog output distance function is not convex in output quantities at the first observation.
It is not surprising that the determinant of the Hessian matrix with respect to the output
quantities is exactly zero or very close to zero, because the output distance function is linearly
homogeneous in output quantities, which implies that the determinant of the Hessian must be
zero.
The following code checks the semidefiniteness of the Hessian matrix at each individual obser-
vation:
FALSE TRUE
107 33
This shows that our estimated Translog output distance function is not convex in output quan-
tities y at 107 out of 140 observations.
303
8 Distance Functions
1 16 -117.87
2 17 -116.82 1 2.1065 0.07334 .
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
efficiency
Min. :0.1494
1st Qu.:0.4773
Median :0.6359
Mean :0.6032
3rd Qu.:0.7348
Max. :0.8843
10
5
0
dat$effOdfTL
304
8 Distance Functions
N M
! !
xαi i
Y Y
i βm
D (x, y) = A ym , (8.135)
i=1 m=1
with α0 = ln A.
8.4.2 Estimation
The Cobb-Douglas input distance function can be expressed (and then estimated) as traditional
stochastic frontier model.
In the following, we will derive, under which conditions the Cobb-Douglas input distance
function defined in (8.135) and (8.136) is linear homogeneous in input quantities (x):
Hence, the Cobb-Douglas input distance function is linear homogeneous in input quantities if the
coefficients of the input quantities (αi ) sum up to one. We can impose linear homogeneity in
input quantities by re-arranging equation (8.143) to:
N
X −1
αN = 1 − αi (8.144)
i=1
305
8 Distance Functions
N
X −1 N
X −1 M
X
ln Di (x, y) = α0 + αi ln xi + (1 − αi ) ln xN + βm ln(ym ) (8.145)
i=1 i=1 m=1
N
X −1 M
X
i
ln D (x, y) = α0 + αi (ln xi − ln xN ) + ln xi + βm ln yM (8.146)
i=1 m=1
N
X M
X
i
ln D (x, y) − ln xN = α0 + αi (ln xi /xN ) + βm ln ym (8.147)
i=1 m=1
XN XM
− ln xN = α0 + αi (ln xi /xN ) + βm ln ym − ln Di (x, y) (8.148)
i=1 m=1
We can assume that u ≡ ln(Di (x, y)) ≥ 0 follows a half normal or truncated normal distribution
(i.e. u ∼ N + (µ, σu2 )) and add a disturbance term v that accounts for statistical noise and follows
a normal distribution (i.e. v ∼ N (0, σv2 )) so that we get:
N
X −1 M
X
− ln(xN ) = α0 + αi ln(xi /xN ) + βm ln ym − u + v (8.149)
i=1 m=1
This specification is equivalent to the specification of stochastic frontier models so that we can use
the stochastic frontier methods introduced in Chapter 6 to estimate this input distance function.
In the following, we will estimate a Cobb-Douglas input distance function with our data set
of French apple producers. This data set distinguishes between two outputs: the quantity of
apples produced (qApples) and the quantity of the other outputs (qOtherOut). The following
command estimates the Cobb-Douglas input distance function using the command sfa() for
stochastic frontier analysis:
306
8 Distance Functions
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
The distance elasticities of a Cobb-Douglas input distance function Di (x, y) with respect to
output quantities (y), O , can be calculated as:
Since the distance elasticities of Cobb-Douglas input distance functions are equal to some of
the estimated parameters, they can be directly obtained from the estimation output.
The distance elasticity with respect to the capital input (IqCap = 0.03) indicates that a 1%
increases in the capital input results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.03% increase of the distance measure
(i.e., inefficiency increases and efficiency decreases). The distance elasticity with respect to the
labor input (IqLab = 0.684) indicates that a 1% increases in the labor input results (ceteris paribus)
in a 0.68% increase of the distance measure (i.e., inefficiency increases and efficiency decreases).
The distance elasticity with respect to the material input (IqMat = 0.286) indicates that a 1%
increase in the material input results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.29% increase of the distance measure
(i.e., inefficiency increases and efficiency decreases).
The distance elasticity with respect to the apples output (O
qApples = −0.158 indicates that a 1%
increase in the apple output results (ceteris paribus) in a 0.16% decrease of the distance measure
(i.e., inefficiency decreases and efficiency increases). The distance elasticity with respect to the
307
8 Distance Functions
For our Cobb-Douglas input distance function, the elasticity of scale can be obtained by using
following command:
[1] 3.477971
The estimated elasticity of scale = 3.478 indicates highly increasing returns to scale.
8.4.5 Properties
8.4.5.1 Non-decreasing in input quantities
Di (x, y) is non-decreasing in x if its partial derivatives with respect to the input quantities are
non-negative:
Given that Di (x, y) and xi are always non-negative, a Cobb-Douglas input distance function
fulfills the monotonicity condition, if all coefficients of the (normalized) input quantities are
positive. This is the case for our estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function, where the
coefficient of the quantity of the material input (qMat) that was not directly estimated can be
obtained from the homogeneity condition, i.e., 1 − 0.03 − 0.684 = 0.286.
Di (x, y) is non-increasing in y if its partial derivatives with respect to the output quantities are
non-positive:
308
8 Distance Functions
Given that Di (x, y) and xi are always non-negative, a Cobb-Douglas input distance function is
non-increasing in output quantities if the coefficients of all output quantities are non-positive.
This is the case for our estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function so that we can conclude
that it is non-increasing in output quantities.
In the following, we check if the estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function is concave in
input quantities (x). Di (x, y) is concave in x if and only if its Hessian matrix H with respect to
the input quantities is negative semidefinite. A sufficient condition for negative semidefiniteness
of a symmetric matrix is that all its ith-order principal minors (not only its leading principal
minors) are non-positive for i being odd and non-negative for i being even for all i ∈ {1, . . . , N }
(see section 1.5.2). The Hessian matrix with respect to the input quantities is
f11 f12 ... f1N
f12 f22 ... f2N
H= . , (8.155)
.. .. .. ..
. . .
f1N f2N . . . fN N
where fij are the second derivatives of Di (x, y) with respect to input quantities x:
i i (x,y)
∂ 2 Di (x, y) ∂fi ∂( ∂ ln∂Dln x(x,y)
i
D
xi )
fij = = = (8.156)
∂xi ∂xj ∂xj ∂xj
αi ∂Di (x, y) Di (x, y)
= − δij αi (8.157)
xi ∂xi x2i
αi Do (x, y) Di (x, y)
= αj − δij αi (8.158)
xi xj x2i
Di (x, y)
= αi (αj − δij ) (8.159)
xi xj
The following code computes the second derivatives of our estimated Cobb-Douglas input
309
8 Distance Functions
distance function with respect to input quantities (x) (with the input distance measures being
factored out of the Hessian matrix or assuming that the firms are fully efficient, i.e. Di (x, y) = 1):
The following code generates a three-dimensional array of the Hessian matrices stacked for all
observations:
[1] 9.226048e-25
[1] 1.029465e-22
[1] 5.609554e-24
310
8 Distance Functions
[1] -2.755384e-50
As all first-order principal minors (diagonal elements) are negative, all second-order principal
minors are positive, and the determinant (third-order principal minor) is virtually zero, the
conditions for concavity are fulfilled at the first observation.
The following code checks the concavity at all observations:
TRUE
140
The estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function is concave in input quantities at all obser-
vations.
In the following, we check if the estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function Di (x, y) is
quasiconcave in output quantities (y). A sufficient condition for quasiconcavity in y is that
|B1 | < 0, |B2 | > 0, |B3 | < 0, . . . , (−1)N |BN | > 0, where |Bi | is the ith principal minor of the
bordered Hessian matrix B with
0 f1 f2 ... fN
f1 f11 f12 ... f1N
f2
B= f12 f22 ... f2N , (8.160)
. .. .. .. ..
..
. . . .
fN f1N f2N . . . fN N
where fm = ∂Di (x, y)/∂ym are the first partial derivatives and fmn are the second partial deriva-
tives of the input distance function with respect to the output quantities y:
i i
∂ 2 Di (x, y) ∂ ∂D∂y(x,y)
m
∂ βm D y(x,y)
m
fmn = = = (8.161)
∂ym ∂yn ∂yn ∂yn
βm ∂Di (x, y) Di (x, y)
= − δij βm 2
(8.162)
ym ∂yn ym
βm Di (x, y) Di (x, y)
= βn − δij βm 2
(8.163)
ym yn ym
i
D (x, y)
= βm (βn − δij ) (8.164)
ym yn
311
8 Distance Functions
The following code computes the first-order and second-order partial derivatives of the Cobb-
Douglas input distance function with respect to the output quantities (with the input distance
measures being factored out of the bordered Hessian matrix or assuming that the firms are fully
efficient, i.e. Di (x, y) = 1):
The following code creates a three-dimensional array with the bordered Hessian matrices at all
observations stacked upon each other:
We check quasiconcavity in output quantities at the first observation by calculating the first
and second leading principal minor:
312
8 Distance Functions
[1] -0.01289834
[1] -0.003180192
As the determinant (second leading principal minor) of the bordered Hessian matrix is negative,
we can conclude that the estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function is not quasiconcave in
output quantities at the first observation.
The following code checks this at all observations:
> dat$CDidfQuasiConcaveY <- apply( bhmArray[1:2,1:2, ], 3, det ) < 0 &
+ apply( bhmArray, 3, det ) > 0
> table( dat$CDidfQuasiConcaveY )
FALSE
140
This estimated Cobb-Douglas input distance function is quasiconcave in output quantities (y)
not at a single observation in our data set.
Indeed, Cobb-Douglas input distance functions cannot be quasiconcave in output quantities,
because this functional form implies transformation curves that are convex to the origin.
313
8 Distance Functions
Hence, in order to obtain Shepard input-oriented efficiency estimates from an input distance
function, we need to set argument minusU of the efficiencies method to FALSE:
efficiency
Min. :1.069
1st Qu.:1.244
Median :1.493
Mean :1.718
3rd Qu.:1.887
Max. :5.207
A median Shepard input-oriented efficiency estimate of 1.493 indicates that this apple producer
uses 49.3% more of each input quantity than would be necessary to produce its output quantities.
N N X N
X 1X
ln Di (x, y) =α0 + αi ln xi + αij ln xi ln xj (8.165)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M M X M
X 1 X
+ βm ln ym + βmn ln ym ln yn
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N X
X M
+ ζim ln xi ln ym ,
i=1 m=1
8.5.2 Estimation
The Translog input distance function can be expressed (and then estimated) as traditional
stochastic frontier model. This is facilitated by imposing linear homogeneity in the input quan-
tities (x).
In the following, we will derive, under which conditions the Translog input distance function
defined in (8.165) is linear homogeneous in input quantities (x):
314
8 Distance Functions
N N X N
X 1X
ln(kDi (x, y)) =α0 + αi ln(k xi ) + αij ln(k xi ) ln(k xj ) (8.168)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M M X M
X 1 X
+ βm ln yi + βmn ln ym ln yn
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N X
X M
+ ζim ln(k xi ) ln ym
i=1 m=1
XN N
X
ln k + ln Di (x, y) =α0 + αi ln k + αi ln xi (8.169)
i=1 i=1
N X N N X M
1 X 1X
+ αij ln k ln k + αij ln k ln xj
2 i=1 j=1
2 i=1 j=1
N X N N X N
1X 1X
+ αij ln xi ln k + αij ln xi ln xj (8.170)
2 i=1 j=1 2 i=1 j=1
M M X M
X 1 X
+ βm ln ym + αmn ln ym ln yn
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N X
X M N X
X M
+ ζim ln k ln ym + ζim ln xi ln ym
i=1 m=1 i=1 m=1
N N X N
X 1X
ln k + ln Di (x, y) = ln Di (x, y) + ln k αi + ln k ln k αij (8.171)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
N N N N
1X X 1X X
+ ln k ln xj αij + ln k ln xi αij
2 j=1 i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M
X N
X
+ ln k ln ym ζim
m=1 i=1
N N X N
X 1X
ln k = ln k αi + ln k ln k αij (8.172)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
N N N M
1X X 1X X
+ ln k ln xj αij + ln k ln xi αij
2 j=1 i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M
X N
X
+ ln k ln ym ζim
m=1 i=1
N N N
X 1 XX
1= αi + ln k αij (8.173)
i=1
2 i=1 j=1
N N N N
1X X 1X X
+ ln xj αij + ln xi αij
2 j=1 i=1
2 i=1 j=1
M
X N
X
+ ln ym ζim
m=1 i=1
315
8 Distance Functions
This condition is only fulfilled for all values of k, xi , and ym if the parameters fulfill the following
conditions:
N
X
αi = 1 (8.174)
i=1
N N
X αij =αji X
αij = 0 ∀ j ←−−−−→ αij = 0 ∀ i (8.175)
i=1 j=1
N
X
ζim = 0 ∀ m (8.176)
i=1
In order to impose linear homogeneity in input quantities, we can rearrange these restrictions
to get:
N
X −1
αN = 1 − αi (8.177)
i=1
N
X −1
αN j = − αij ∀ j (8.178)
i=1
N
X −1
αiN = − αij ∀ i (8.179)
j=1
N
X −1
ζN m = − ζim ∀ m (8.180)
i=1
By substituting the right-hand sides of equations (8.177) to (8.180) for αN , αN j , αiN , and ζN m
in equation (8.165) and re-arranging this equation, we get:
N −1 −1 N −1
X xi 1 NX X xi xj
− ln xN =α0 + αi ln + αij ln ln (8.181)
i=1
xN 2 i=1 j=1 xN xN
M M X M
X 1 X
+ βm ln ym + βmn ln ym ln yn
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
N −1 X
M
X xi
+ ζim ln ln ym − ln Di (x, y).
i=1 m=1
xN
We can assume that u ≡ ln(Di (x, y)) ≥ 0 follows a half-normal or truncated normal distribution
(i.e. u ∼ N + (µ, σu2 ) ) and add a disturbance term v that accounts for statistical noise and follows
a normal distribution (i.e. v ∼ N (0, σv2 ) ) so that we get:
N −1 −1 N −1
X xi 1 NX X xi xj
− ln xN =α0 + αi ln + αij ln ln (8.182)
i=1
xN 2 i=1 j=1 xN xN
M M X M
X 1 X
+ βm ln ym + βmn ln ym ln yn
m=1
2 m=1 n=1
316
8 Distance Functions
N −1 X
M
X xi
+ ζim ln ln ym − u + v.
i=1 m=1
xN
317
8 Distance Functions
(Intercept) ***
log(qCap/qMat) *
log(qLab/qMat)
I(0.5 * log(qCap/qMat)^2)
I(0.5 * log(qLab/qMat)^2)
I(log(qCap/qMat) * log(qLab/qMat))
log(qApples) ***
log(qOtherOut) .
I(0.5 * log(qApples)^2) ***
I(0.5 * log(qOtherOut)^2)
I(log(qApples) * log(qOtherOut))
I(log(qCap/qMat) * log(qApples)) .
I(log(qCap/qMat) * log(qOtherOut))
I(log(qLab/qMat) * log(qApples))
I(log(qLab/qMat) * log(qOtherOut))
sigmaSq ***
gamma ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
log likelihood value: -29.39859
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 140
We can use a likelihood ratio test to compare the Translog input distance function with the
corresponding Cobb-Douglas input distance function:
Model 1: idfCD
318
8 Distance Functions
Model 2: idfTL
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 7 -60.466
2 17 -29.399 10 62.135 1.426e-09 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The likelihood ratio test clearly rejects the Cobb-Douglas input distance function in favor of the
Translog input distance function.
N M
∂Di (x, y) xi ∂ ln Di (x, y) X X
Ii = = = αi + αij ln xj + ζim ln ym (8.183)
∂xi Di ∂ ln xi j=1 m=1
The distance elasticities of a Translog input distance function with respect to the output
quantities (y), O , can be calculated as:
M N
∂Di (x, y) ym ∂ ln Di (x, y) X X
O
m = = = βm + βmn ln yn + ζim ln xi (8.184)
∂ym Di ∂ ln ym n=1 i=1
In order to facilitate the calculation of the distance elasticities, we create short-cuts for the
estimated coefficients:
319
8 Distance Functions
The following R code computes the distance elasticities of the inputs and of the outputs:
320
8 Distance Functions
Max. :-0.07973
We can check whether the distance elasticities with respect to the input quantities always sum
up to one:
[1] 1 1
The test rejects the hypothesis that all firms are fully technically efficient at 5% significance level.
The Shepard input-oriented efficiency estimates can be obtained by the efficiencies method:
321
8 Distance Functions
efficiency
Min. :1.059
1st Qu.:1.190
Median :1.348
Mean :1.498
3rd Qu.:1.719
Max. :2.937
322
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Until now, we have only analyzed cross-sectional data, i.e. all observations refer to the same period
of time. Hence, it was reasonable to assume that the same technology is available to all firms
(observations). However, when analyzing time series data or panel data, i.e. when observations
can originate from different time periods, different technologies might be available in the different
time periods due to technological change. Hence, the state of the available technologies must be
included as an explanatory variable in order to conduct a reasonable production analysis. Often,
a time trend is used as a proxy for a gradually changing state of the available technologies.
We will demonstrate how to analyze production technologies with data from different time
periods by using a balanced panel data set of annual data collected from 43 smallholder rice
producers in the Tarlac region of the Philippines between 1990 and 1997. We loaded this data set
(riceProdPhil) in section 1.4.2. As it does not contain information about the panel structure,
we created a copy of the data set (pdat) that includes information on the panel structure.
This function can be used to analyze how the time (t) affects the (available) production technol-
ogy.
The average production technology (potentially depending on the time period) can be estimated
from panel data sets by the OLS method (i.e. “pooled”) or by any of the usual panel data methods
(e.g. fixed effects, random effects).
323
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Given this specification, the coefficient of the (linear) time trend can be interpreted as the rate
of technological change per unit of the time variable t:
∆y
∂ ln y ∂ ln y ∂y y
αt = = ≈ (9.3)
∂t ∂y ∂t ∆x
> riceCdTime <- lm( log( PROD ) ~ log( AREA ) + log( LABOR ) + log( NPK ) +
+ mYear, data = riceProdPhil )
> summary( riceCdTime )
Call:
lm(formula = log(PROD) ~ log(AREA) + log(LABOR) + log(NPK) +
mYear, data = riceProdPhil)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.83351 -0.16006 0.05329 0.22110 0.86745
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -1.665096 0.248509 -6.700 8.68e-11 ***
log(AREA) 0.333214 0.062403 5.340 1.71e-07 ***
log(LABOR) 0.395573 0.066421 5.956 6.48e-09 ***
log(NPK) 0.270847 0.041027 6.602 1.57e-10 ***
mYear 0.010090 0.008007 1.260 0.208
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The estimation result indicates an annual rate of technical change of 1%, but this is not statisti-
cally different from 0%, which means no technological change.
The command above can be simplified by using the pre-calculated logarithmic (and mean-
scaled) quantities:
324
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
> riceCdTimeS <- lm( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = riceProdPhil )
> summary( riceCdTimeS )
Call:
lm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = riceProdPhil)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.83351 -0.16006 0.05329 0.22110 0.86745
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -0.015590 0.019325 -0.807 0.420
lArea 0.333214 0.062403 5.340 1.71e-07 ***
lLabor 0.395573 0.066421 5.956 6.48e-09 ***
lNpk 0.270847 0.041027 6.602 1.57e-10 ***
mYear 0.010090 0.008007 1.260 0.208
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The intercept has changed because of the mean-scaling of the input and output quantities but
all slope parameters are unaffected by using the pre-calculated logarithmic (and mean-scaled)
quantities:
[1] TRUE
9.1.1.2 Panel data estimations of the Cobb-Douglas production function with technological
change
The panel data estimation with fixed individual effects can be done by:
> riceCdTimeFe <- plm( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat )
> summary( riceCdTimeFe )
325
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat)
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.585363 -0.156896 0.045606 0.177983 0.818168
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
lArea 0.5607756 0.0785370 7.1403 7.195e-12 ***
lLabor 0.2549108 0.0690631 3.6910 0.0002657 ***
lNpk 0.1748528 0.0484684 3.6076 0.0003625 ***
mYear 0.0130908 0.0071824 1.8226 0.0693667 .
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
And the panel data estimation with random individual effects can be done by:
> riceCdTimeRan <- plm( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat,
+ model = "random" )
> summary( riceCdTimeRan )
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat,
model = "random")
Effects:
var std.dev share
326
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.749676 -0.142852 0.048474 0.190936 0.851886
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -0.0213044 0.0292268 -0.7289 0.4665
lArea 0.4563002 0.0662979 6.8826 2.854e-11 ***
lLabor 0.3190041 0.0647524 4.9265 1.311e-06 ***
lNpk 0.2268399 0.0426651 5.3168 1.921e-07 ***
mYear 0.0115453 0.0071921 1.6053 0.1094
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
A variable-coefficient model for panel model with individual-specific coefficients can be esti-
mated by:
> riceCdTimeVc <- pvcm( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat )
> summary( riceCdTimeVc )
Call:
pvcm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat)
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max.
-0.817465 -0.081972 0.006677 0.000000 0.093985 0.554124
327
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Coefficients:
(Intercept) lArea lLabor lNpk
Min. :-3.8110 Min. :-5.2850 Min. :-2.72761 Min. :-1.3094
1st Qu.:-0.3006 1st Qu.:-0.4200 1st Qu.:-0.30989 1st Qu.:-0.1867
Median : 0.1145 Median : 0.6978 Median : 0.08778 Median : 0.1050
Mean : 0.1839 Mean : 0.5896 Mean : 0.06079 Mean : 0.1265
3rd Qu.: 0.5617 3rd Qu.: 1.8914 3rd Qu.: 0.61479 3rd Qu.: 0.3808
Max. : 3.7270 Max. : 4.7633 Max. : 1.75595 Max. : 1.7180
NA's :18
mYear
Min. :-0.471049
1st Qu.:-0.044359
Median :-0.008111
Mean :-0.012327
3rd Qu.: 0.054743
Max. : 0.275875
> riceCdTimePool <- plm( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat,
+ model = "pooling" )
This gives the same estimated coefficients as the model estimated by lm:
[1] TRUE
A Hausman test can be used to check the consistency of the random-effects estimator:
Hausman Test
328
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
The Hausman test clearly shows that the random-effects estimator is inconsistent (due to corre-
lation between the individual effects and the explanatory variables).
Now, we test the poolability of the model:
F statistic
F statistic
F statistic
The pooled model (riceCdTimePool) is clearly rejected in favor of the model with fixed indi-
vidual effects (riceCdTimeFe) and the variable-coefficient model (riceCdTimeVc). The model
with fixed individual effects (riceCdTimeFe) is rejected in favor of the variable-coefficient model
(riceCdTimeVc) at 5% significance level but not at 1% significance level.
9.1.2 Translog production function with constant and neutral technological change
A Translog production function that accounts for constant and neutral (unbiased) technological
change has following specification:
X 1 XX
ln y = α0 + αi ln xi + αij ln xi ln xj + αt t (9.4)
i
2 i j
∂ ln y
= αt (9.5)
∂t
329
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
and the output elasticities are the same as in the time-invariant Translog production func-
tion (2.121):
∂ ln y X
i = = αi + αij ln xj (9.6)
∂ ln xi j
In order to be able to interpret the first-order coefficients of the (logarithmic) input quantities
(αi ) as output elasticities (i ) at the sample mean, we use the mean-scaled input quantities. We
also use the mean-scaled output quantity in order to use the same variables as Coelli et al. (2005,
p. 250).
9.1.2.1 Pooled estimation of the Translog production function with constant and neutral
technological change
The following command estimates a Translog production function that can account for constant
and neutral technical change:
Call:
lm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear, data = riceProdPhil)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.52184 -0.18121 0.04356 0.22298 0.87019
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 0.013756 0.024645 0.558 0.57712
lArea 0.588097 0.085162 6.906 2.54e-11 ***
lLabor 0.191764 0.080876 2.371 0.01831 *
lNpk 0.197875 0.051605 3.834 0.00015 ***
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.435547 0.247491 -1.760 0.07935 .
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) -0.742242 0.303236 -2.448 0.01489 *
I(0.5 * lNpk^2) 0.020367 0.097907 0.208 0.83534
I(lArea * lLabor) 0.678647 0.216594 3.133 0.00188 **
330
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
In the Translog production function that accounts for constant and neutral technological change,
the monotonicity conditions are fulfilled at the sample mean and the estimated output elasticities
of land, labor and fertilizer are 0.588, 0.192, and 0.198, respectively, at the sample mean. The
estimated (constant) annual rate of technological progress is around 1.3%.
Conduct a Wald test to test whether the Translog production function outperforms the Cobb-
Douglas production function:
Wald test
The Cobb-Douglas specification is clearly rejected in favor of the Translog specification for the
pooled estimation.
9.1.2.2 Panel-data estimations of the Translog production function with constant and
neutral technological change
The following command estimates a Translog production function that can account for constant
and neutral technical change with fixed individual effects:
331
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear, data = pdat,
model = "within")
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.012473 -0.144573 0.019129 0.167687 0.745525
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
lArea 0.5828102 0.1173298 4.9673 1.16e-06 ***
lLabor 0.0473355 0.0848594 0.5578 0.577402
lNpk 0.1211928 0.0610114 1.9864 0.047927 *
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.8543901 0.2861292 -2.9860 0.003067 **
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) -0.6217163 0.2935429 -2.1180 0.035025 *
I(0.5 * lNpk^2) 0.0429446 0.0987119 0.4350 0.663849
I(lArea * lLabor) 0.5867063 0.2125686 2.7601 0.006145 **
I(lArea * lNpk) 0.1167509 0.1461380 0.7989 0.424995
I(lLabor * lNpk) -0.2371219 0.1268671 -1.8691 0.062619 .
mYear 0.0165309 0.0069206 2.3887 0.017547 *
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
And the panel data estimation with random individual effects can be done by:
332
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear, data = pdat,
model = "random")
Effects:
var std.dev share
idiosyncratic 0.07530 0.27440 0.79
individual 0.01997 0.14130 0.21
theta: 0.434
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.393176 -0.162097 0.045567 0.184209 0.798214
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 0.0213211 0.0347371 0.6138 0.539776
lArea 0.6831045 0.0922069 7.4084 1.061e-12 ***
lLabor 0.0974523 0.0804060 1.2120 0.226370
lNpk 0.1708366 0.0546853 3.1240 0.001941 **
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.4275328 0.2468086 -1.7322 0.084156 .
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) -0.6367899 0.2872825 -2.2166 0.027326 *
I(0.5 * lNpk^2) 0.0307547 0.0957745 0.3211 0.748324
I(lArea * lLabor) 0.5666863 0.2059076 2.7521 0.006245 **
I(lArea * lNpk) 0.1037657 0.1421739 0.7299 0.465995
I(lLabor * lNpk) -0.2055786 0.1277476 -1.6093 0.108508
mYear 0.0142202 0.0070184 2.0261 0.043549 *
333
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The Translog production function cannot be estimated by a variable-coefficient model for panel
model with our data set, because the number of time periods in the data set is smaller than the
number of the coefficients.
A pooled estimation can be done by
Pooling Model
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear, data = pdat,
model = "pooling")
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.521838 -0.181205 0.043555 0.222979 0.870190
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 0.0137557 0.0246454 0.5581 0.5771201
lArea 0.5880972 0.0851622 6.9056 2.542e-11 ***
lLabor 0.1917638 0.0808764 2.3711 0.0183052 *
lNpk 0.1978747 0.0516045 3.8344 0.0001505 ***
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.4355466 0.2474913 -1.7598 0.0793520 .
334
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
This gives the same estimated coefficients as the model estimated by lm:
[1] TRUE
A Hausman test can be used to check the consistency of the random-effects estimator:
Hausman Test
data: lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) + I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + ...
chisq = 66.071, df = 10, p-value = 2.528e-10
alternative hypothesis: one model is inconsistent
The Hausman test clearly rejects the consistency of the random-effects estimator.
The following command tests the poolability of the model:
F statistic
data: lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) + I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + ...
F = 3.7469, df1 = 42, df2 = 291, p-value = 1.525e-11
alternative hypothesis: unstability
335
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
The pooled model (riceCdTimePool) is clearly rejected in favor of the model with fixed individual
effects (riceCdTimeFe), i.e. the individual effects are statistically significant.
The following commands test if the fit of Translog specification is significantly better than the
fit of the Cobb-Douglas specification:
Wald test
Wald test
Wald test
336
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
1 339
2 333 6 30.89 2.66e-05 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The Cobb-Douglas functional form is rejected in favor of the Translog functional for for all three
panel-specifications that we estimated above. The Wald test for the pooled model differs from
the Wald test that we did in section 9.1.2.1, because waldtest by default uses a finite sample
F statistic for models estimated by lm but uses a large sample Chi-squared statistic for models
estimated by plm. The test statistic used by waldtest can be specified by argument test.
In this specification, the rate of technological change depends on the input quantities and the
time period:
∂ ln y X
= αt + αti ln xi + αtt t (9.8)
∂t i
∂ ln y X
i = = αi + αij ln xj + αti t. (9.9)
∂ ln xi j
The following command estimates a Translog production function that can account for non-
constant rates of technological change as well as biased technological change:
337
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Call:
lm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear + I(mYear * lArea) +
I(mYear * lLabor) + I(mYear * lNpk) + I(0.5 * mYear^2), data = riceProdPhil)
Residuals:
Min 1Q Median 3Q Max
-1.54976 -0.17245 0.04623 0.21624 0.87075
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 0.001255 0.031934 0.039 0.96867
lArea 0.579682 0.085892 6.749 6.73e-11 ***
lLabor 0.187505 0.081359 2.305 0.02181 *
lNpk 0.207193 0.052130 3.975 8.67e-05 ***
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.468372 0.265363 -1.765 0.07849 .
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) -0.688940 0.308046 -2.236 0.02599 *
I(0.5 * lNpk^2) 0.055993 0.099848 0.561 0.57533
I(lArea * lLabor) 0.676833 0.223271 3.031 0.00263 **
I(lArea * lNpk) 0.082374 0.151312 0.544 0.58654
I(lLabor * lNpk) -0.226885 0.145568 -1.559 0.12005
mYear 0.008746 0.008513 1.027 0.30497
I(mYear * lArea) 0.003482 0.028075 0.124 0.90136
I(mYear * lLabor) 0.034661 0.029480 1.176 0.24054
I(mYear * lNpk) -0.037964 0.020355 -1.865 0.06305 .
I(0.5 * mYear^2) 0.007611 0.007954 0.957 0.33933
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
We conduct a Wald test to test whether the Translog production function with non-constant
and non-neutral technological change outperforms the Cobb-Douglas production function and
the Translog production function with constant and neutral technological change:
338
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Wald test
Wald test
The fit of the Translog specification with non-constant and non-neutral technological change is
significantly better than the fit of the Cobb-Douglas specification but it is not significantly better
than the fit of the Translog specification with constant and neutral technological change.
In order to simplify the calculation of the output elasticities (with equation 9.9) and the
annual rates of technological change (with equation 9.8), we create shortcuts for the estimated
coefficients:
339
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Now, we can use the following commands to calculate the partial output elasticities:
We can calculate the elasticity of scale by taken the sum over all partial output elasticities:
We can visualize (the variation of) the output elasticities and the elasticity of scale with
histograms:
The resulting graphs are shown in figure 9.1. If the firms increase the land area by one percent,
the output of most firms will increase by around 0.6 percent. If the firms increase labor input by
one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 0.2 percent. If the firms increase
fertilizer input by one percent, the output of most firms will increase by around 0.25 percent. If
the firms increase all input quantities by one percent, the output of most firms will also increase
by around 1 percent. These graphs also show that the monotonicity condition is not fulfilled for
some observations:
FALSE TRUE
20 324
340
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
60
40
Frequency
Frequency
40
20
20
0
0
−0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 −0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
eArea eLabor
60
Frequency
Frequency
40
20
20
0
eNpk eScale
341
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
FALSE TRUE
63 281
FALSE TRUE
7 337
> riceProdPhil$monoTl <- with( riceProdPhil, eArea >= 0 & eLabor >= 0 & eNpk >= 0 )
> table( riceProdPhil$monoTl )
FALSE TRUE
85 259
20 firms have a negative output elasticity of the land area, 63 firms have a negative output elastic-
ity of labor, and 7 firms have a negative output elasticity of fertilizers. In total the monotonicity
condition is not fulfilled at 85 out of 344 observations. Although the monotonicity conditions
are fulfilled for a large part of firms in our data set, these frequent violations indicate a possible
model misspecification.
We can use the following command to calculate the annual rates of technological change:
We can visualize (the variation of) the annual rates of technological change with a histogram:
40
20
0
tc
The resulting graph is shown in figure 9.2. For most observations, the annual rate of technological
change was between 0% and 3%.
342
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
The panel data estimation with fixed individual effects can be done by:
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear + I(mYear * lArea) +
I(mYear * lLabor) + I(mYear * lNpk) + I(0.5 * mYear^2), data = pdat)
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.014803 -0.143180 0.017469 0.166852 0.749361
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
lArea 0.5857359 0.1191164 4.9173 1.479e-06 ***
lLabor 0.0336966 0.0869044 0.3877 0.698494
lNpk 0.1276970 0.0623919 2.0467 0.041599 *
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.8588620 0.2952677 -2.9088 0.003912 **
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) -0.6154568 0.2979094 -2.0659 0.039733 *
I(0.5 * lNpk^2) 0.0673038 0.1014542 0.6634 0.507613
I(lArea * lLabor) 0.6016538 0.2164953 2.7791 0.005811 **
I(lArea * lNpk) 0.1205064 0.1549834 0.7775 0.437479
I(lLabor * lNpk) -0.2660519 0.1353699 -1.9654 0.050336 .
mYear 0.0148796 0.0076143 1.9542 0.051654 .
I(mYear * lArea) 0.0105012 0.0270130 0.3887 0.697752
I(mYear * lLabor) 0.0230156 0.0286066 0.8046 0.421743
I(mYear * lNpk) -0.0279542 0.0199045 -1.4044 0.161277
343
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
And the panel data estimation with random individual effects can be done by:
Call:
plm(formula = lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) +
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + I(0.5 * lNpk^2) + I(lArea * lLabor) +
I(lArea * lNpk) + I(lLabor * lNpk) + mYear + I(mYear * lArea) +
I(mYear * lLabor) + I(mYear * lNpk) + I(0.5 * mYear^2), data = pdat,
model = "random")
Effects:
var std.dev share
idiosyncratic 0.07573 0.27518 0.796
individual 0.01941 0.13933 0.204
theta: 0.4275
Residuals:
Min. 1st Qu. Median 3rd Qu. Max.
-1.392702 -0.162022 0.045553 0.180242 0.790301
344
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Coefficients:
Estimate Std. Error t-value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 0.0101183 0.0389961 0.2595 0.795434
lArea 0.6809764 0.0930789 7.3161 1.965e-12 ***
lLabor 0.0865327 0.0813309 1.0640 0.288128
lNpk 0.1800677 0.0554226 3.2490 0.001278 **
I(0.5 * lArea^2) -0.4749163 0.2627102 -1.8078 0.071557 .
I(0.5 * lLabor^2) -0.6146891 0.2907148 -2.1144 0.035232 *
I(0.5 * lNpk^2) 0.0614961 0.0980315 0.6273 0.530891
I(lArea * lLabor) 0.5916989 0.2113078 2.8002 0.005409 **
I(lArea * lNpk) 0.1224789 0.1488815 0.8227 0.411297
I(lLabor * lNpk) -0.2531048 0.1350400 -1.8743 0.061776 .
mYear 0.0116511 0.0077140 1.5104 0.131907
I(mYear * lArea) 0.0028675 0.0265731 0.1079 0.914134
I(mYear * lLabor) 0.0355897 0.0279156 1.2749 0.203242
I(mYear * lNpk) -0.0344049 0.0195392 -1.7608 0.079198 .
I(0.5 * mYear^2) 0.0069525 0.0071510 0.9722 0.331650
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The Translog production function cannot be estimated by a variable-coefficient model for panel
model with our data set, because the number of time periods in the data set is smaller than the
number of the coefficients.
A pooled estimation can be done by
This gives the same estimated coefficients as the model estimated by lm:
[1] TRUE
345
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
A Hausman test can be used to check the consistency of the random-effects estimator:
Hausman Test
data: lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) + I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + ...
chisq = 21.731, df = 14, p-value = 0.08432
alternative hypothesis: one model is inconsistent
The Hausman test rejects the consistency of the random-effects estimator at the 10% significance
level but it cannot reject the consistency of the random-effects estimator at the 5% significance
level.
The following command tests the poolability of the model:
F statistic
data: lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + I(0.5 * lArea^2) + I(0.5 * lLabor^2) + ...
F = 3.6544, df1 = 42, df2 = 287, p-value = 4.266e-11
alternative hypothesis: unstability
The pooled model (riceCdTimePool) is clearly rejected in favor of the model with fixed individual
effects (riceCdTimeFe), i.e. the individual effects are statistically significant.
The following commands test if the fit of Translog specification is significantly better than the
fit of the Cobb-Douglas specification:
Wald test
346
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Wald test
Wald test
Finally, we test whether the fit of Translog specification with non-constant and non-neutral
technological change is significantly better than the fit of Translog specification with constant
and neutral technological change:
Wald test
347
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Wald test
Wald test
The tests indicate that the fit of Translog specification with constant and neutral technological
change is not significantly worse than the fit of Translog specification with non-constant and
non-neutral technological change.
The difference between the Wald tests for the pooled model and the Wald test that we did in
section 9.1.3.1 is explained at the end of section 9.1.2.2.
348
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
where the subscript k = 1, . . . , K indicates the firm, t = 1, . . . , T indicates the time period, and
all other variables are defined as before. We will apply the following three model specifications:
1. time-invariant individual efficiencies, i.e. ukt = uk , which means that each firm has an
individual fixed efficiency that does not vary over time;
2. time-variant individual efficiencies, i.e. ukt = uk exp(−η (t − T )), which means that each
firm has an individual efficiency and the efficiency terms of all firms can vary over time
with the same rate (and in the same direction); and
3. observation-specific efficiencies, i.e. no restrictions on ukt , which means that the efficiency
term of each observation is estimated independently from the other efficiencies of the firm
so that basically the panel structure of the data is ignored.
> riceCdSfaInv <- sfa( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk, data = pdat )
> summary( riceCdSfaInv )
349
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
panel data
number of cross-sections = 43
number of time periods = 8
total number of observations = 344
thus there are 0 observations not in the panel
> riceCdTimeSfaInv <- sfa( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk + mYear, data = pdat )
> summary( riceCdTimeSfaInv )
350
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
panel data
number of cross-sections = 43
number of time periods = 8
total number of observations = 344
thus there are 0 observations not in the panel
In the Cobb-Douglas production frontier that accounts for technological change, the monotonicity
conditions are globally fulfilled and the (constant) output elasticities of land, labor and fertilizer
are 0.463, 0.303, and 0.21, respectively. The estimated (constant) annual rate of technological
progress is around 1.2%. However, both the t-test for the coefficient of the time trend and a
likelihood ratio test give rise to doubts whether the production technology indeed changes over
time (P-values around 10%):
Model 1: riceCdTimeSfaInv
Model 2: riceCdSfaInv
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 7 -85.074
2 6 -86.430 -1 2.7122 0.09958 .
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
Further likelihood ratio tests show that OLS models are clearly rejected in favor of the cor-
responding stochastic frontier models (no matter whether the production frontier accounts for
technological change or not):
351
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
This model estimates only a single efficiency estimate for each of the 43 firms. Hence, the vector
returned by the efficiencies method only has 43 elements by default:
[1] 43
One can obtain the efficiency estimates for each observation by setting argument asInData equal
to TRUE:
Please note that the efficiency estimates for each firm still do not vary between time periods.
352
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
panel data
number of cross-sections = 43
number of time periods = 8
total number of observations = 344
thus there are 0 observations not in the panel
353
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
panel data
number of cross-sections = 43
number of time periods = 8
total number of observations = 344
thus there are 0 observations not in the panel
In the Cobb-Douglas production frontier that accounts for technological change, the monotonicity
conditions are globally fulfilled and the (constant) output elasticities of land, labor and fertilizer
are 0.476, 0.299, and 0.199, respectively. The estimated (constant) annual rate of technologi-
cal change is around -0.3%, which indicates technological regress. However, the t-test for the
coefficient of the time trend and a likelihood ratio test indicate that the production technology
(frontier) does not change over time, i.e. there is neither technological regress nor technological
progress:
Model 1: riceCdTimeSfaVar
Model 2: riceCdSfaVar
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 8 -84.529
2 7 -84.550 -1 0.0433 0.8352
A positive sign of the coefficient η (named time) indicates that efficiency is increasing over
time. However, in the model without technological change, the t-test for the coefficient η and
354
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
the corresponding likelihood ratio test indicate that the effect of time on the efficiencies only is
significant at the 10% level:
Model 1: riceCdSfaInv
Model 2: riceCdSfaVar
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 6 -86.43
2 7 -84.55 1 3.7601 0.05249 .
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
In the model that accounts for technological change, the t-test for the coefficient η and the
corresponding likelihood ratio test indicate that the efficiencies do not change over time:
Model 1: riceCdTimeSfaInv
Model 2: riceCdTimeSfaVar
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 7 -85.074
2 8 -84.529 1 1.0912 0.2962
Finally, we can use a likelihood ratio test to simultaneously test whether the technology and the
technical efficiencies change over time:
Model 1: riceCdSfaInv
Model 2: riceCdTimeSfaVar
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 6 -86.430
2 8 -84.529 2 3.8034 0.1493
All together, these tests indicate that there is no significant technological change, while it remains
unclear whether the technical efficiencies significantly change over time.
355
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
In econometric estimations of frontier models, where one variable (e.g. time) can affect both the
frontier and the efficiency, the two effects of this variable can often be hardly separated, because
the corresponding parameters can be simultaneous adjusted with only marginally reducing the
log-likelihood value. This can be checked by taking a look at the correlation matrix of the
estimated parameters:
The estimate of the parameter for technological change (mYear) is highly correlated with the
estimate of the parameter that indicates the change of the efficiencies (time).
Again, further likelihood ratio tests show that OLS models are clearly rejected in favor of the
corresponding stochastic frontier models:
356
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
1 6 -104.103
2 8 -84.529 2 39.149 9.85e-10 ***
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
In case of time-variant efficiencies, the efficiencies method returns a matrix, where each row
corresponds to one of the 43 firms and each column corresponds to one of the 0 time periods:
[1] 43 8
One can obtain a vector of efficiency estimates for each observation by setting argument asInData
equal to TRUE:
> riceCdSfa <- sfa( lProd ~ lArea + lLabor + lNpk, data = riceProdPhil )
> summary( riceCdSfa )
357
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 344
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 344
Please note that we used the data set riceProdPhil for these estimations, because the panel
structure should be ignored in these specifications and the data set riceProdPhil does not
include information on the panel structure.
In the Cobb-Douglas production frontier that accounts for technological change, the mono-
tonicity conditions are globally fulfilled and the (constant) output elasticities of land, labor and
358
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
fertilizer are 0.356, 0.351, and 0.257, respectively. The estimated (constant) annual rate of tech-
nological change is around 1.5%.
A likelihood ratio test confirms the t-test for the coefficient of the time trend, i.e. the production
technology significantly changes over time:
Model 1: riceCdTimeSfa
Model 2: riceCdSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 7 -83.767
2 6 -86.203 -1 4.8713 0.02731 *
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
9.2.2 Translog production frontier with constant and neutral technological change
The specification of a Translog production function that accounts for constant and neutral (un-
biased) technological change is given in (9.4).1
The following commands estimate a two Translog production frontiers with observation-specific
efficiencies, the first does not account for technological change, while the second can account for
constant and neutral technical change:
> riceTlSfa <- sfa( log( prod ) ~ log( area ) + log( labor ) + log( npk ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( area )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( labor )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( npk )^2 ) +
+ I( log( area ) * log( labor ) ) + I( log( area ) * log( npk ) ) +
+ I( log( labor ) * log( npk ) ), data = riceProdPhil )
> summary( riceTlSfa )
359
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 344
> riceTlTimeSfa <- sfa( log( prod ) ~ log( area ) + log( labor ) + log( npk ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( area )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( labor )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( npk )^2 ) +
+ I( log( area ) * log( labor ) ) + I( log( area ) * log( npk ) ) +
+ I( log( labor ) * log( npk ) ) + mYear, data = riceProdPhil )
> summary( riceTlTimeSfa )
360
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 344
In the Translog production frontier that accounts for constant and neutral technological change,
the monotonicity conditions are fulfilled at the sample mean and the estimated output elasticities
of land, labor and fertilizer are 0.531, 0.231, and 0.203, respectively, at the sample mean. The
estimated (constant) annual rate of technological progress is around 1.5%. A likelihood ratio test
confirms the t-test for the coefficient of the time trend, i.e. the production technology (frontier)
significantly changes over time:
Model 1: riceTlTimeSfa
Model 2: riceTlSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 13 -74.410
2 12 -76.954 -1 5.0884 0.02409 *
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
361
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Two further likelihood ratio tests indicate that the Translog specification is superior to the Cobb-
Douglas specification, no matter whether the two models allow for technological change or not.
Model 1: riceTlSfa
Model 2: riceCdSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 12 -76.954
2 6 -86.203 -6 18.497 0.005103 **
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
Model 1: riceTlTimeSfa
Model 2: riceCdTimeSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 13 -74.410
2 7 -83.767 -6 18.714 0.004674 **
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
The following command estimates a Translog production frontier with observation-specific effi-
ciencies that can account for non-constant rates of technological change as well as biased techno-
logical change:
> riceTlTimeNnSfa <- sfa( log( prod ) ~ log( area ) + log( labor ) + log( npk ) +
+ I( 0.5 * log( area )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( labor )^2 ) + I( 0.5 * log( npk )^2 ) +
+ I( log( area ) * log( labor ) ) + I( log( area ) * log( npk ) ) +
+ I( log( labor ) * log( npk ) ) + mYear + I( mYear * log( area ) ) +
362
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
cross-sectional data
total number of observations = 344
At the mean values of the input quantities and the middle of the observation period, the mono-
tonicity conditions are fulfilled, the estimated output elasticities of land, labor and fertilizer are
363
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
0.513, 0.238, and 0.215, respectively, and the estimated annual rate of technological progress is
around 0.9%.
The following likelihood ratio tests compare the Translog production frontier that can account
for non-constant rates of technological change as well as biased technological change with the
Translog production frontier that does not account for technological change and with the Translog
production frontier that only accounts for constant and neutral technological change:
Model 1: riceTlTimeNnSfa
Model 2: riceTlSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 17 -70.592
2 12 -76.954 -5 12.725 0.0261 *
---
Signif. codes: 0 ‘***’ 0.001 ‘**’ 0.01 ‘*’ 0.05 ‘.’ 0.1 ‘ ’ 1
Model 1: riceTlTimeNnSfa
Model 2: riceTlTimeSfa
#Df LogLik Df Chisq Pr(>Chisq)
1 17 -70.592
2 13 -74.410 -4 7.636 0.1059
These tests indicate that the Translog production frontier that can account for non-constant
rates of technological change as well as biased technological change is superior to the Translog
production frontier that does not account for any technological change but it is not significantly
better than the Translog production frontier that accounts for constant and neutral technological
change. Although it seems to be unnecessary to use the Translog production frontier that can
account for non-constant rates of technological change as well as biased technological change, we
use it in our further analysis for demonstrative purposes.
The following commands create short-cuts for some of the estimated coefficients and calculate
the rates of technological change at each observation:
364
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
The following command visualizes the variation of the individual rates of technological change:
30
Frequency
0 10
technological change
The resulting graph is shown in figure 9.3. Most individual rates of technological change are
between −4% and +7%, i.e. there is technological regress at some observations, while there
is strong technological progress at other observations. This wide variation of annual rates of
technological change is not unusual in applied agricultural production analysis because of the
stochastic nature of agricultural production.
the current state of the technology (T ) in the firm’s sector, which might change due to
technological change,
the firm’s technical efficiency (T E), which might change if the firm’s distance to the current
technology changes, and
the firm’s scale efficiency (SE), which might change if the firm’s size relative to the optimal
firm size changes.
Hence, changes of a firm’s (or a sector’s) total factor productivity (∆T F P ) can be decom-
posed into technological changes (∆T ), technical efficiency changes (∆T E), and scale efficiency
365
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
changes (∆SE):
∆T F P ≈ ∆T + ∆T E + ∆SE (9.11)
This decomposition often helps to understand the reasons for improved or reduced total factor
productivity and competitiveness.
Technological changes:
366
9 Panel Data and Technological Change
Efficiency changes:
[1] TRUE
367
Bibliography
Aigner, D., C.A.K. Lovell, and P. Schmidt. 1977. “Formulation and Estimation of Stochastic
Frontier Production Function Models.” Journal of Econometrics 6:21–37.
Battese, G.E., and T.J. Coelli. 1992. “Frontier Production Functions, Technical Efficiency and
Panel Data: With Application to Paddy Farmers in India.” Journal of Productivity Analysis
3:153–169.
—. 1995. “A Model for Technical Inefficiency Effects in a Stochastic Frontier Production Function
for Panel Data.” Empirical Economics 20:325–332.
Bogetoft, P., and L. Otto. 2011. Benchmarking with DEA, SFA, and R, vol. 157 of International
Series in Operations Research & Management Science. Springer.
Chambers, R.G. 1988. Applied Production Analysis. A Dual Approach. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
Chand, R., and J.L. Kaul. 1986. “A Note on the Use of the Cobb-Douglas Profit Function.”
American Journal of Agricultural Economics 68:162–164.
Chiang, A.C. 1984. Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill.
Coelli, T.J. 1995. “Estimators and Hypothesis Tests for a Stochastic: A Monte Carlo Analysis.”
Journal of Productivity Analysis 6:247–268.
—. 1996. “A Guide to FRONTIER Version 4.1: A Computer Program for Stochastic Frontier
Production and Cost Function Estimation.” CEPA Working Paper 96/7, Department of Econo-
metrics, University of New England, Armidale NSW Australia.
Coelli, T.J., D.S.P. Rao, C.J. O’Donnell, and G.E. Battese. 2005. An Introduction to Efficiency
and Productivity Analysis, 2nd ed. New York: Springer.
Croissant, Y., and G. Millo. 2008. “Panel Data Econometrics in R: The plm Package.” Journal
of Statistical Software 27:1–43.
Czekaj, T., and A. Henningsen. 2012. “Comparing Parametric and Nonparametric Regression
Methods for Panel Data: the Optimal Size of Polish Crop Farms.” FOI Working Paper No.
2012/12, Institute of Food and Resource Economics, University of Copenhagen.
368
Bibliography
Färe, R., and D. Primont. 1995. Multi-Output Product and Duality: Theory and Applications.
Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Hayfield, T., and J.S. Racine. 2008. “Nonparametric Econometrics: The np Package.” Journal of
Statistical Software 27:1–32.
Henning, C.H.C.A., and A. Henningsen. 2007. “Modeling Farm Households’ Price Responses in
the Presence of Transaction Costs and Heterogeneity in Labor Markets.” American Journal of
Agricultural Economics 89:665–681.
Hurvich, C.M., J.S. Simonoff, and C.L. Tsai. 1998. “Smoothing Parameter Selection in Non-
parametric Regression Using an Improved Akaike Information Criterion.” Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society Series B 60:271–293.
Ivaldi, M., N. Ladoux, H. Ossard, and M. Simioni. 1996. “Comparing Fourier and Translog
Specifications of Multiproduct Technology: Evidence from an Incomplete Panel of French
Farmers.” Journal of Applied Econometrics 11:649–667.
Kleiber, C., and A. Zeileis. 2008. Applied Econometrics with R. New York: Springer.
Li, Q., and J.S. Racine. 2007. Nonparametric Econometrics: Theory and Practice. Princeton:
Princeton University Press.
McClelland, J.W., M.E. Wetzstein, and W.N. Musserwetz. 1986. “Returns to Scale and Size in
Agricultural Economics.” Western Journal of Agricultural Economics 11:129–133.
Meeusen, W., and J. van den Broeck. 1977. “Efficiency Estimation from Cobb-Douglas Production
Functions with Composed Error.” International Economic Review 18:435–444.
O’Donnell, C.J., and T.J. Coelli. 2005. “A Bayesian Approach to Imposing Curvature on Distance
Functions.” Journal of Econometrics 126:493–523.
Olsen, J.V., and A. Henningsen. 2011. “Investment Utilization and Farm Efficiency in Danish
Agriculture.” FOI Working Paper No. 2011/13, Institute of Food and Resource Economics,
University of Copenhagen.
Racine, J.S. 2008. “Nonparametric Econometrics: A Primer.” Foundations and Trends in Econo-
metrics 3:1–88.
369
Bibliography
Ramsey, J.B. 1969. “Tests for Specification Errors in Classical Linear Least-Squares Regression
Analysis.” Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Series B (Methodological) 31:350–371.
Zuur, A., E.N. Ieno, and E. Meesters. 2009. A Beginner’s Guide to R. Use R!, Springer.
370